ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SERIES
Air Pollution
                    SEMINAR
                    ON  HUMAN
                    BIOMETEOROLOGY
               S.  DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH
                EDUCATION, AND WELFARE
                   Public Health Service

-------
                          SEMINAR
             ON HUMAN  BIOMETEOROLOGY
                         Sponsored by
            National Center for  Air  Pollution  Control
                             and.
         Environmental Science  Services Administration
                                         *
                      January. 14-17, 1964

                        Cincinnati, Ohio
U. S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH,  EDUCATION, AND WELFARE
                     Public  Health Service
    Bureau of Disease  Prevention and Environmental Control
           National Center for Air Pollution Control

                             1967

-------
   The ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SERIES of reports was estab-
lished  to report the results of scientific and engineering studies  of
man's  environment:  The community, whether urban, suburban,  or
rural, where he lives, works, and plays; the  air, water, and earth he
uses and re-uses; and the wastes he produces and must dispose of in
a way that preserves these natural resources. This SERIES of reports
provides for professional users a central source of information on the
intramural research activities of programs  and Centers within the
Public Health Service, and on their cooperative activities with state
and local agencies, research institutions, and industrial organizations.
The general subject area of each report is indicated by the two letters
that appear in the publication number; the indicators are

               AP — Air Pollution
               AH — Arctic Health
               EE — Environmental Engineering
               FP — Food Protection
               OH — Occupational Health
               RH — Radiological Health
               SW — Solid Wastes
               WP — Water Supply and Pollution Control

   Triplicate tear-out abstract cards are provided with reports in the
SERIES to facilitate information retrieval.  Space is provided on the
cards for the user's accession number and additional key  words.

   Reports in the SERIES will be  distributed to requesters,  as sup-
plies permit.  Requests  should be  directed  to the Center identified
on the  title page or to  the Publications Office, Room 4112,  Federal
Office Building, 550 Main Street, Cincinnati, Ohio  45202.
       Public Health Service Publication  No. 999-AP-25

-------
                           PREFACE

    This seminar on biometeorology was intended for presentation to
a relatively  small  group.  The Division of Air Pollution (National
Center  for Air  Pollution  Control)  and the Environmental Science
Services Administration arranged the seminar to  introduce profes-
sional personnel of the Division to current biometeorological problems
and practices, particularly emphasizing the techniques  that can be
applied in air pollution investigations.

    The persons invited to speak are nationally and internationally
recognized authorities in their fields. Several were unable to attend
because severe weather immobilized air and rail transportation in many
areas across  the nation. By rescheduling and  substitution,  the co-
moderators of the seminar, Mr.  James Dicke and Dr. Robert J. M.
Horton, provided a  cohesive  program  that  evoked enthusiastic re-
sponse from  the participants.

    Because  many of the  attendees proposed that the  material be
made available for more careful review and more widespread distribu-
tion, Mr. Dicke undertook the  task of compiling the papers for publi-
cation.  This volume is the  result of  his efforts.

-------
                        CONTENTS
                                                         Page
Abstract 					 vii
Introduction to Human Biometeorology FREDERICK SARGENT II   1
Physiological Instrumentation  DOUGLAS H. K. LEE 	 25
Climates of the United States  MARK D. SHULMAN 	 43
Microclimatology  A. VAUGHN HAVENS	 61
The National Weather Records Center  HAROLD L. CRUTCHER 73
Some Effects of Weather on Mortality  PAUL  H.  KUTSCHEN-
   REUTER	 81
Heat Stress  AUSTIN F. HENSCHEL	 95
Effects of Ultraviolet Light on Man  HAROLD F. BLUM	109
Hypoxia: High Altitudes Revisited D. BRUCE DILL	121
Indoor Climate  JOSEPH AKERMAN 	133
Air Ions and Human Health  IGHO H. KORNBLUEH	145
Ecological Perspective in Biometeorology  DAVID M. GATES 	161

-------
                          ABSTRACT

   This volume is a collection of papers presented at Cincinnati, Ohio,
January 14-17, 1964, at a  seminar on human biometeorology. Sub-
jects discussed include physiological and climatological instrumenta-
tion,  climates of  the United States,  altitude,  microclimatology,
indoor and outdoor weather, ultraviolet light, heat exposure, air ions,
and ecology.
                                                              VII

-------
  INTRODUCTION  TO HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY:

            ITS  CONCEPTS AND  PROBLEMS


                                       Frederick Sargent, II, M.D.
                                          Professor  of Physiology
                                             University of Illinois
                         Department  of Physiology and Biophysics
                                                  Urbana, Illinois


 SUMMARY

     Human biometeorology studies that portion of the whole environ-
 ment designated as the atmosphere, taking into account the cultural
 environment of man; his adaptability to the atmosphere as evidenced
 in the tanning reactions to ultraviolet radiation, in habituation to cold
 and heat, and in acclimatization to heat, cold, and hypoxia; and his
 modification of the atmosphere by controlling and by polluting  it.  By
 adopting the ecological viewpoint and focusing attention on the broad
 problems of phenotypic plasticity and  genetic individuality, the bio-
 meterologist  can  achieve a better understanding of the  human  or-
 ganism-environment system and of man's capacity to manipulate his
 environment to  serve his future biological needs.
                       INTRODUCTION

    The invitation to participate in this seminar on human biomete-
orology and to introduce  the subject has stimulated me to begin a
task to  which I have given much thought in recent years.  I plan to
scrutinize human biometeorology, critically examine its working as-
sumptions, and delineate some of its major unsolved problems. I have
conducted  biometeorological  research  for almost  30 years.  I  have
taught  graduate  students  about biometeorology  for  more than  a
decade. This experience has been combined with 7 years of intensive
and exciting work as chairman of a University Committee on Human
Ecology.  It is against  this background that I want  to  draw my
introductory sketch.
                ECOLOGICAL  PROPOSITIONS

ORGANISM-ENVIRONMENT, A SYSTEM

    The organism and its environment constitute a system.  The life
science that investigates this system is ecology.  The environment of
ecology is really a concept, for that environment is a matrix of con-
ditions and circumstances, of spatio-temporal configurations, which
can be identified for analytical purposes as material or physical, biotic
or biological, and cultural or social.  Biometeorology studies that por-
Sargent

-------
tion of the whole environment designated as the atmosphere,  bince
biometeorology, in a sense, abstracts the organism from its total en-
vironment, a basic assumption underlies its investigations, viz. thab
non-atmospheric environmental influences are controlled 01 incon-
sequential.  This assumption  may be justified  for biometeorological
studies of animals, but because human biology is not merely an ex-
tension of the principles  of animal biology to  man,  the assumption,
insofar as man is concerned,  is not valid.

NATURE OF HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY
    The orientation and content of human biometeorology are differ-
ent from those of general biometeorology. From the strictly biological
viewpoint man possesses few  characteristics that can be identified as
unique. To be sure, he can be distinguished morphologically. Func-
tionally, however, human beings  differ  from other animals  more in
degree  than  in  kind.  We may then ask, what are the differences
between animals  and man?  Medawar(28) concludes  that man is
unique  among animals because culture  has come  to provide a  con-
tinuum for many of those properties to which man owes his biological
fitness.  Indeed, culture has become so much a part of man that it is
difficult to separate  it from his biology (13).  Thus it can be argued
that human biometeorology is distinctly different  from general bio-
meteorology because of the very nature of human biology.  It is dis-
tinctive because  human  biometeorology must be cognizant of the
cultural environment.

BIOLOGICAL FITNESS

    Organisms demonstrate "biological  fitness" if  they  are endowed
with  organs, systems,  and processes that enable them to sustain
themselves in and prevail over their environments (28).  For  man
there are inborn endowments  and the technological  creations of his
culture.  Both have exhibited evolution, but cultural evolution  has
been  the more rapid (7).  Both contribute to  his biological fitness.
Medawar(28) views culture as "a biological instrument by means of
which human beings  conserve, propagate, and enlarge upon  those
properties to which they owe their present biological  fitness and their
hope of becoming fitter still."

    Biological fitness is greater among organisms that are adaptable
than among those that are adapted.  Man is  adaptable. His adapt-
ability arises from his  genetic individuality, his phenotypic plasticity,
and his culture.  This biological  fitness  must  be  measured against
man's total environment,  not  merely the atmospheric milieu (22).

Genetic Diversity
    Each human  being is a  unique  combination  of genetic traits.
One individual is  anatomically and functionally, with the  exception
of monozygous twins,  unlike  any other(28).   Paracelsus intuitively
appreciated, more than 400 years ago, the significance  of  this  indi-
viduality. According to him, "man is constellated  in himself might-

-------
 ily" (33). This inborn diversity  and the genetic system responsible
 for maintaining  that  diversity allows selection to happen with the
 result that evolution proceeds.

 Phenotypic Plasticity
     Phenotypic plasticity is the alteration  in  the individual  with
 change in the environment.  The degree of  plasticity is genetically
 determined.  It is  the norm 'of reaction that the individual or the
 species is capable of making  to environmental change(12).  To a large
 extent the norm of reaction measures the sum total of selective en-
 vironmental experiences that the  species has  survived  during  its
 evolution. The norm of reaction, therefore,  is past-oriented.  Bio-
 meteorological. expressions  of phenotypic plasticity in the  human
 being  are the tanning reaction to ultraviolet radiation, habituation
 to cold and heat, and acclimatization to heat, cold, and hypoxia.

 Culture
     Culture constitutes the sum  total of traditions and  institutions
 that man has created to regulate himself and the technology by which
 he provides for himself and dominates the biota. By these means he
 had brought under his control a large reserve of nutrient energy and
 nutrient raw materials as domesticated  plants and animals,  and he
 has  extended his mechanical capabilities by the utilization of fossil
 fuels and atomic energy.  He  has exhibited great capability of pro-
 foundly modifying the atmospheric  environment  and its  impact on
 him.  On the one hand, he has at his disposal numerous  devices for
 supporting and maintaining his health and comfort, e.g. medical tech-
 nology,  clothing,  housing,  heating  and  ventilating machinery,  and
 air-conditioning.  On  the  other  hand, particulate  and gaseous dis-
 charges from  his  technological  establishments have  polluted  the
 atmosphere of urban population centers and have damaged the biota.
 The industrial atmosphere has become a constant threat to the health
 of the laborer.  Man's domesticated  plants and  animals  demand the
 use of  insecticides and pesticides that are potential hazards to the
 health of the plants, the animals, and man himself.  The impact of
 these cultural devices on man's continued biological fitness is  a moot
 point that demands the most  careful ecological scrutiny.  Since the
 problems stemming from man's control of his atmospheric environ-
 ment, indeed of his total environment, are complex and have multiple
 causation,  one must attack  them on all  fronts simultaneously; "in
 fact," as Aldous Huxley (23)  emphasizes, "nothing short of everything
 is enough"."
  MAN'S ADAPTABILITY AS  PHENOTYPIC PLASTICITY

    The starting point of human biometeorological theory is this con-
cept of biological fitness. The essence of man's fitness is his  adapt-
ability; its main elements, genetic individuality, phenotypic plasticity,
" Reference 23, p. 63.
Sargent

-------
 and  culture, have  been defined.  Determining  how  each of  these
 elements contributes  to  biometeorological theory  is our  next t
 Consider phenotypic plasticity first.
     From the biological viewpoint man is a regulator (35). A regu a-
 tor maintains, despite external environmental vicissitudes, a stea y
 state among the physicochemical properties  of its internal environ-
 ment. This  internal environment is  aqueous; it is the fluid  w^icn
 bathes  the  cells, tissues, and  organs.  The  steady state is  called
 homeostasis. Basically the steady state is a state of limited variability
 of the properties of the internal environment. The limitation  of  the
 variability is accomplished  by regulatory processes or homeostatic
 mechanisms.  Because the organism  is an open  system that derives
 nutrient energy and nutrient raw materials essential for its continued-
 existence from its external environment, one can conceive of homeo-
 static mechanisms as comprising both internal and external regula-
 tions. For example,  the control of blood  sugar comprises equally  the
 internal  regulation  of  the neuroendocrine system  and the external
 regulatory behavior  of searching for  sources of nutrient energy. To-
 gether such internal and external  processes permit organismic self-
 regulation.

    The limitation of variability of the internal environment depends
 upon the effective  operation of homeostatic  mechanisms. In  turn,
 however, the effective  operation of these mechanisms  requires that
 the internal  environment exhibit some  variation. The  organisms
 possess sense organs, which  detect alterations in  their surroundings.
 The changes  are deviations from set points. As a consequence of the
 detection of deviation,  reactions, both physiological and behavioral,
 are set in motion to correct the deviation. The deviation is  never
 corrected completely. There  is constant variation  about the set  point.
 This variation constitutes  an  inherent variability of the organism that
might be designated as system variability.

 PRECISION  OF REGULATION

    The  limits within which the physicochemical properties  of the
 internal  environment vary is a  function  of the precision of physio-
logical regulations. The variability that characterizes the steady state
 is both hierarchical and lawful.  It is hierarchical because  there is a
rank-ordering of the precision with which the properties  are  regu-
lated. It is lawful because the variation of the  physicochemical prop-
 erties exhibits distinctive circadian, menstrual, and seasonal rhythms;
the variation is not random.

    The  precision of physiological regulation may  be  measured in
terms of inter-individual variability.   There is demonstrable a hier-
 archy of  preciseness with which the chemical composition of the  blood
 is regulated (41). Certain constituents of the  blood particularly es-
 sential for the normal functioning of the body  cells,  for example
 osmolarity, pH, sodium,  and potassium   (Figure 1),  are precisely
regulated or  closely  guarded. Other constituents  not so essential for
the normal functioning of the body are less closely guarded. In this
                                    HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
category one finds intermediary metabolic substances such as glucose
and cholesterol and metabolic  waste products  (Figure 1).  Further-
more, the homeostatic processes that regulate the composition of the
blood, for example functioning of the lungs and kidneys  (Figure 2),
are more variable than the properties of the blood (41).  The regula-
tory processes show more variance than do the properties regulated.
These hierarchies of inter-individual variability apply equally  to
intra-individual variability, even though a single individual generally
exhibits much less variation than does a  group of individuals (41).
           VARIABILITY OF CHEMICAL PROPERTIES OF INTERNAL
           ENVIRONMENT  (Fi,gd Nutrient Rtglmfn)
2.2
2.2
2.6
6.2
6.5
8.8
10.0
11.5
13.0
13.5
19.2
203
29.2
26.6
33.9
42.1
42.9
-


















|






























SODIUM
CHLORIDE
OSMOLARITY
HEMATOCRIT
CALCIUM
POTASSIUM
N. P. N.
GLUCOSE
INOR6. PHOSPHATE
CREATININE
UREA
CHOLINESTERASE
LEUCOCYTES
CHOLESTEROL
KETONE BODIES
ALK. PHOSPHATASE
AMYLASE
— 1 . 1
                  10     20     30     40
                  COEFFICIENT OF VARIATION
                                             50
Figure 1 — Hierarchy of precision of regulation of chemical composition of man's internal
     environment.  (Reference 41.  Reproduced with permission of McGraw-Hill Co.)

Season and Precision of Regulation
    The season of  the year when measurements are made  of  the
physicochemical properties  of  the internal  environment and  of  the
regulatory processes  does not  alter  the hierarchy  of precision of
regulation, but season  does  markedly influence the degree of pre-
cision  (Figure  3).  The chemical  properties  of the  blood  exhibit
Sargent

-------
appreciably greater inter-individual variability  in  winter  -rJrereas
the physical properties, such as temperature and  blood pressure, and
the functioning of the homeostatic  mechanisms  show  muen greater
inter-individual variability in summer.  These facts suggest tnac me
winter season may  have a  particular  impact on bodily  metabolic
processes,  whereas the summer season may have an especial impact
on the physiological functions  of major organs and systems such as
thermoregulation,  renal function,   and the  cardiovascular  system.
Although the full meaning of this seasonal influence is not immedi-
ately apparent, a more detailed consideration of the  Impact of season
on man will be presented after the concept of effectiveness of regula-
tion has been described,
               HIERARCHY OF PHYSIOLOGICAL VARIABILITY
50-i
40-
30-
20-
10-
0 -
60-
EO-

N
1

„«


_
INTERNAL ENVIRONMENT
CHEMICAL PROPERTIES


i

hih
INTERNAL ENVIRONMENT
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
\
JO-)
:i



^
1

—


H FiXED WET
Q REGULAR Dfl

tin
40 J
                                OftCAK FUNCT.'Otl
Figure 2 —
of  mter-'ndiVfduaS  variability,  (Reference 4K
   pei-misjion of McGraw-Hill Co.)
EFFECTIVENESS OF PHYSIOLOGICAL REGULATION

    Effectiveness cf physiological regulation may be measured by
the capability of the organism to limit change when tr,,e p.nviron'
mental circumstances are altered. The ability to maints.ii-.. the rhem"
                                      HUMAN

-------
                                         SEASON AND ORGANISMIC
                                              VARIABILITY
                                           A FIXED  DIET

                                           o REGULAR DIET
         Physical
      ) — of Internal Environment
     ' 0   10  20  3O    50  60 70   0  10  20  30  40  50  60  70
                               SUMMER
                                                            J	i
 figure 3 — Season and inter-individual variability among young men on fixed and regular
 diets.  Summer  and  winter compared  for  chemical and  physical  properties of internal
 environment and for functioning of organs and systems. Lin>2 at 45° is lino of no seasonal
                                effect.

 ical properties of the blood and the body temperature in the face  of
 external  environmental change is a  function  of the  adaptability  of
 the organism. Effectiveness and precision of  regulation are closely
 related (42).  When human  beings are abruptly exposed to  under-
 nutrition, unaccustomed diets, and restricted  allowances of water, the
 properties of the blood that are  most closely  guarded  change least;
 those least precisely regulated change most  (Figure 4).

     Effectiveness of physiological regulation  appears to be hierarchi-
 cal. The  evidence for this thought conies from investigations of the
 physiology of  sweating.  When a dehydrated  man is exposed to a hot
 atmosphere  in which  thermoregulation is mainly  achieved through
 sweating, continued  sweating will  accentuate dehydration.  With
 increasing dehydration maintenance of body temperature is disturbed.
 Will s«veat loss,  at this point,  decline so as to conserve body water?
 With severe dehydration, the decrement of sweating is physiologically
 inconsequential(2, 37,  42).  The organismic "decision" is to maintain
 heat loss  at the expense of body water.  Thus, thermoregulation seems
 to  be dominant  over processes of water regulation.   Its dominance
 creates a  vicious circle that will be fatal if external regulation cannot
 be achieved.
Sargent

-------
           EFFECTIVENESS OF PHYSIOLOGICAL REGULATION
SODIUM
CHLORIDE
OSMOLARITY
HEMATOCRIT
CALCIUM
POTASSIUM
NONPROTEIN NITROGEN
GLUCOSE
INORGANIC PHOSPHATE
CREATININE
UREA NITROGEN
CHOLINESTERASE
LEUCOCYTES
CHOLESTEROL
KETONE BODIES
ALKALINE PHOSPHATASE
AUYLASE
??
??
?6
6.2
6.5
8.8
10.0
11.5
13.0
13.5
19.?
703
24.2
26.6
33.9
42.1
42.9

Inter-Individual i
Variability f

£
JZ
ri
i
i
i
i

i
i
i

i

i • i
40 20 C
i Nutritionally Induce,;
1 Variability
i
n
j
1 .
i _
j
i

i
i
i

0.5
2.4
1.8
3.4
2.9
3.0
11.6
17.7
4.4
?8.7
•ifi
11 1
14.?
7?
I I IfiB.q
I
1
33.3
6.0
20 40 150
Percent
 Figure 4 — Comparison between precision and effectiveness of physiological regulation of
 chemical properties  of internal environment.  Rank-order correlation  coefficient    +0-78.
                             (Reference 42.)

 Season and Effectiveness of Physiological  Regulation
     The fact that inter-individual variability in the chemical prop-
 erties of the blood is greater in winter than in summer suggests an
 inherent metabolic instability at this season.  When the nutritional
 condition is abruptly altered—the diet is changed from a  customary
 one to an unaccustomed one consisting of insufficient nutrient energy,
 unusual amounts  of protein, carbohydrate, and fat, and restricted
 water—the effectiveness of the physiological regulation is critically
 taxed.  If  such  a nutritional  stress is  imposed in  both winter and
 summer, a distinctive metabolic syndrome becomes manifest in winter
 but not in summer  (Figure  5).  In winter there  is hypoglycemia,
 hyperketonuria,  azotemia, and  symptoms consistent with  hypogly-
 cemia.  The syndrome is particularly marked among individuals on
 regimens  high  in fat.  In summer these biochemical  changes  and
 symptoms  are absent (42).

     In summer, the inter-individual variability of the physical prop-
 erties of the blood and of organ  functions is greater than  in winter.
 When these same nutritional stresses are abruptly imposed on sub-
jects in summer, disturbances of thermoregulation and cardiovascular
function appear.  There is hypohidrosis, anhidrosis, hyperventilation
tetany,  orthostatic hypotension,  and heat exhaustion.  The clinical
 disturbances are more common among dehydrated than adequately
hydrated individuals (39, 40).  Comparable alterations of diet do not
elicit these disturbances in the winter.  Effectiveness of water  con-
servation  is a  most  important  adaptive reaction in summer.  The
summer syndromes are thus not so unexpected  and problematical as
the winter  syndromes.
                                     HUMAN BIOMETEOROLQC4Y

-------
                 .Experimental Subject
                      WINTER
                                      O—-QControl Subject
                                               SUMMER
^
       2.8

       a.o

        "
        i.o
       0.5
        80

        so
        40
                      Ketone Bodies
                                    J	L
   301*
        26
                  N.P.N
                                       Urea Nitrogen
                        Creotinine
                                                                        22

                                                                        18

                                                                        14
                                                    Expert—
                                                     mental
                                                    Regimens
                         32
                                    si   i
                                    WEEKS
Figure 5 — Influence of season on metabolic reaction of young men to change  of nutrient
                             regimen.  (Reference 42.)
Sargent

-------
 TEMPORAL VARIABILITY, A FUNDAMENTAL PROBLEM
 HUMAN BIOLOGY

     Our general ecological proposition is that man and his f
 ment constitute  a  system.  Both "man" and  "environment
 temporal variability.  For  each,  two rhythms  are distinctive:   one
 runs its  course in 24 hours; the other is seasonal.  For tne organism
 the 24-hour rhythm has been identified as circadian (15). Both rhythms
 have been demonstrated at all levels of biological organization (14, 48).
 They appear to be fundamental characteristics  of  lite. Twenty-tour
 hour and  seasonal rhythms  are moreover as  characteristic of  the
 cosmic terrestrial environment  as they are of life  processes.   Two
 deductions  have been made  from  these parallel rhythms.  First,
 biologists have subscribed to a causal relation  between the environ-
 mental events and the biological (3, 8, 11, 17, 44, 48, 49).  Second, the
 existence of these rhythms has led to the speculation that an exoge-
 nous biological clock times life processes(49, 59),

     I suggest that these biological rhythms are actually an expression
 cf the adaptive plasticity of living organisms to the restrictions im-
 posed on them  during their  evolution  in  the  cosmic-terrestrial  en-
 vironment.  This hypothesis is realty an extension of L, J. Henderson's
 concept  of fitness  of  the  environment.  According to this concept,

     "The fitness of the environment is one part of a reciprocal rela-
     tionship of  which the fitness of  the organism  is the  other.  This
     relationship  is  completely  and perfectly  reciprocal;  the  one
     fitness is not less  important than the other nor less invariably a
     constituent of a particular case of biological fitness ,   ."a

     "The properties of matter and the course of cosmic evolution are
     .  . intimately related to the structure of the living being and to
     its  activities; they  become, therefore, far more important  in
     biology than has been previously suspected. For the whole evo-
     lutionary process, both cosmic and organic,  is one, and the biolo-
     gist  may now rightly  regard the universe  in  its very essence as
     biocentric."'3

     When one  attempts  to deal logically with either Henderson's
concept of fitness or the parallel rhythmicity of organism and environ-
ment, an identical problem arises, namely the problem of  circular
reasoning.  As Blum(8) states it, ". . . fitness partakes of the nature
of uniqueness, and this uniqueness of the earth  as an abode of life is
a matter that strikes  one  more  forcibly the more he tries to break
out of the circle."0  Perhaps  one of the most basic implications  of
space technology is the opportunity ic gives the biologist to break out
of the circle.  If the  temporal-spatial configurations of the cosmic-
terrestrial relations of living organisms  sets the clock that  times  tb«=>
•'Henderson  (1913), p, 271 (Reference 19),
^ Henderson  (1913), p, 312 (Reference 19).
" Blum (1962), p. 73 (Reference 6).
                                     HUMAN BIOMETEOKQI,5>

-------
 functioning of their cells, tissues, and organs, a major reorientation of
 the time-space relationships of the organisms should seriously disrupt
 the functioning of the organism.

 EVIDENCE OF ADAPTIVE NATURE OF TEMPORAL VARIABILITY

    Health may be  viewed  as  a state in which the  physiological
 regulations are operating  most effectively. In  this state  the  organ-
 ism's integrative  functions  are  harmoniously  blended so  that the
 individual can meet and cope with  his environmental challenges (14,
 18).  With dysfunction or  ineffectiveness of physiological regulation,
 disease occurs(14,  20).  The conclusion has been reached that  circa-
 dian  and  seasonal variation  in  the  precision  and  effectiveness of
 physiological  regulation is a manifestation of adaptive plasticity of
 the organism.  This conclusion is consistent with the  prevalent view
 that  circadian and seasonal variations  are "physiological."

    Numerous observations support the view that these rhythms are
 adaptive reactions to  the  external atmospheric  environment.  A few
 examples will illustrate my point. The seasonal  rhythms in man may
 be viewed as acclimatization to  heat in the summer and  cold,  in the
 winter(54). In summer people  are comfortable at higher tempera-
 tures than in winter.  In  summer the sweating mechanism  is more
 reactive than in winter—the latent period for induction of sweating
 is short and for a given stimulus the  output of sweat is greater (25).
 In winter  a longer period  is required  to induce shivering  than  in the
 summer (10). In summer  the output of urinary  antidiuretic hormone
 is greater  than in winter (54), The  summer tanning reaction and the
 thickening of the stratum corneum  protect against the damaging in-
 fluences of ultraviolet radiation(5).

 TEMPORAL  VARIABILITY CF DISEASE

    If  circadian and  seasonal rhythms are indeed  expressions of
 adaptive plasticity, why then does human disease show circadian snd
 seasonal variation? Death., for  example,  comes to man  more often
 in the early morning hours than at other times, and most diseases
 display clear seasonal variations in  morbidity, prevalence, and mor-
 tality.  These facts suggest that man's  susceptibility to disease is
 different at different phases of the  circadian and seasonal rhythms.
 Tetany  and rickets, for example, are most prevalent in  the  spring.
 At this  season the  healthy population shows  low blood calcium and
 phosphate  and high alkaline  phosphatase, negative calcium balance.,
 and maximal sensitivity to galvanic stimulation(24, 36). These "phys-
 iological" alterations constitute a formes frustes of tfte  clinical disease.
 Some 10 years ago  I advanced the hypothesis (36) that there are dif-
 ferent degrees cf effectiveness of physiological regulation within the
 population.  Some people exhibit only the biochemical and functional
 alterations; others, whose regulation  is less  effective, develop dys-
function and clinical symptoms.  Now I am  convinced  that the expla-
nation is more complex, for the following  additional elements must
Sargent

-------
be taken into account:  (1) the environmental  conditions for which
adaptive plasticity evolved, (2) the age-structure of the population,
and  (3) physiological  individuality.  At  the  present  time  just a
glimmering of the basic significance of these factors is emerging.

Evolution of Adaptive Plasticity
    The norm of reaction or the adaptive  plasticity of an individual
or a population is a function of the genotype. The adaptive potential
of a genotype depends upon the past experience of the species(12)
Selective screening,  in  other words, is past-oriented.  For man and
other primates, indeed for mammals generally, this selection has been
stabilizing, for it gave rise to homeostasis.  Since the adaptive poten-
tial is past-oriented, adaptiveness that has been adequate for former
generations will not necessarily be adequate for future  generations,
particularly if those generations create environments that are beyond
the norm of reaction of the genotype.

    Health is sustained by preserving the adaptive capacity. Adaptive
capacity is maintained by repeated environmental challenge from
such forces as the  organism  prevailed over in  its evolution, viz.,
weather and climatic change,  scarcity of food  and water, predation,
and disease(45,  46).  Man's  present biological  fitness,  however, also
depends upon cultural tradition and cultural innovation. Increasingly
he lives, works, and plays in a constant physical environment regu-
lated  technologically so that  he  is comfortable all the  time.  This
cultural innovation which began  with the discovery of fire, has in-
creasingly  come, as Dubos(14)  expresses it, "to  place him outside the
order of things."a  The fundamental problem for human biometeorol-
ogy cannot be better stated than in the words of Dubos(14). "By
changing the physical world to fit  his  requirements—or  wishes—he
has almost done away with need for biological adaptation on his part.
He has  thus established a biological precedent  and is tempting fate,
for biological fitness achieved through evolutionary  adaptation  has
been so far the most dependable touchstone of  permanent success in
the living world. "a

    None would gainsay that man has become a significant ecological
factor.  He has rapidly molded the total environment to suit  his own
wishes.  Has he, at the  same time, modified the environment in con-
formity with his biological needs?  Cultural evolution has  been so
rapid—exponential, in fact—that it is valid to question whether man
has not  overstressed his adaptive  plasticity. As Dubos(I4)  states it,
"The one characteristic of our  civilization  is the rapidity with which
it  changes  all our ways of life,  without too much,  if any,  concern
for the  long-term  effects  of these changes. Man can eventually be-
come adapted to almost anything,  but adaptation demands more time
than is  allowed by the increasing tempo at which changes are pres-
ently  taking place."b
" Reference 14, p. 49.
b Reference 14, p. 140.
12                                  HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
    To answer these questions one must be able to piece together the
conditions and circumstances for which man exhibits adaptiveness.
Perhaps the fact that man exhibits seasonal disease results from his
living outside his adaptive capacity at certain seasons, living at these
seasons under  conditions that are widely divergent from those that
the basic organismic reactions expect (21).

The Life Sequence and Seasonal Disease
    There is an intriguing interaction among culture, adaptive capa-
city, and season, which expresses itself in the seasonal variation of
disease at different stages of the life sequence. This interaction pro-
vides some clues regarding the problem of season and disease.

    There  is an  ontogeny  of physiological regulations  (1).  Pre-
cision and  effectiveness of regulation mature and  decay  during the
life  sequence.  The newborn exhibits  immaturity  of physiological
regulation.  During the reproductive period  adaptive  capacity is
maximal. After  this time, as aging  begins, precision  and effective-
ness of regulation are reduced (43).  During the  stages  when the
homeostatic mechanisms are maturing and again when they exhibit
deterioration, mortality from all disease varies seasonally (26).  Both
in the young and the  old, moreover, mortality is maximal in winter
(Figure  6).  When the homeostatic  processes exhibit  maximal pre-
cision and effectiveness, the total mortality shows no seasonal varia-
tion.  Comparable findings have been reported by  Panhorst(34) for
mortality from diabetes mellitus.  These striking observations suggest
that age must be taken into account to arrive at a clear understanding
of the nature of season and disease.

     Momiyama(30, 31, 32) has found that during the past 50 years
the mortality among Western cultures  has become increasingly re-
stricted to the winter  months (Figure 7).  Diseases with  a formerly
characteristic peak in  summer, e.g. gastrointestinal disease and beri-
beri, now show a winter maximum.  For winter diseases, particularly
cardiovascular and degenerative disease, the mortality of  that season
has shown a relative accentuation (Figure 8). These  changing pat-
terns of disease  have coincided with two phenomena of advancing
civilization:  cultural innovation in the form of medical and sanitary
technology, and aging  of the population.

    Why winter should become a season of maximum mortality with
advance of  culture is  not at all  clear from  the facts now in hand.
Perhaps a few speculations might be offered to stimulate thought on
this intriguing problem. First, we might view senescence as an acci-
dental byproduct  of evolution — a  byproduct of an adaptation that
had survival value for the organism and the species during infancy
and childhood(45, 46).  Second, man is physiologically(27) and eco-
logically (4)  a tropical animal.  Man's migration  into cold climates
from the original  tropical niche was  made possible by cultural inno-
vation.  The  norm of reaction of modern man still carries this  trop-
ical bias. With senescence, effectiveness of regulation deteriorates (43,
50). Some adaptive capacity for  heat remains;  capability of  dealing
Sargent                                                         13

-------
with the winter season rapidly declines.  The consequence is  an in-
creasing winter mortality as continued cultural innovation becomes
increasingly capable  of supporting an aging population.

                      MONTH



LU







i.
>-fi FIII i i "i ii 1-1 i
/^\^_/t^r"^_j
!/ \"v \ ^y '
^-N, '•/,-•'
19^9-1958 DATA
-------
    individualizing way, to fit  each separate  functional effect  into
    its proper place in the adaptation process at large. It is conceiv-
    able that individuals may not be all alike  in their choice of the
    acclimatization mechanisms  which nature has  placed at  their
    disposal.  Some may succeed in striking the medium road, pre-
         (a)
                                                         1930-1934
        (c)  1952-1956

Figure 7 — Calendars ef seasonal diseases in  metropolitan Toky-3> far three periods 1912-
                1916, 1930-1934, and T952-1956. (Keference *?.)
Sargeat

-------
     ferring to divide up the burden imposed by a trying environment
     on several functions without unduly taxing any o>ie of them.
     In such cases it may be difficult by our as yet imperfect methods
     to detect any measurable deviation from accepted standards. On
     the other hand it appears to be fairly well established that others
     may  exhibit  abnormalities as a consequence of their  failure to
     equilibrize the acclimatization process."
                    2500
                    2000
                    1600
                    600
                         2 3  4  5  G  7  8  9  id 11 I?
                                 MONTH

Figure 8 — Seasonal variation in total death rate for Japan for various years from 1900-
                          1955. (Reference 32.)

BIOCHEMICAL INDIVIDUALITY

    Within the relatively narrow limits of the steady state denned
earlier, there is a distinctive biochemical individuality (42, 51). When
a variety of biochemical measurements is made  repeatedly under
standardized conditions, each individual in the group under  study
exhibits a unique  pattern of mean values (Figure 9). The hierarchy
of the precision of regulation is imposed on these patterns.  Biochem-
ical individuality is more evident among the properties that  are less
closely  guarded than among  the properties that are precisely  regu-
lated.

PHYSIOLOGICAL INDIVIDUALITY

    Physiological  individuality may  be shown in two ways:  in pat-
terns  of mean values  of organ function measured  under standard
conditions and  in patterns of physiological  response to stressful con-
16
                                     HUMAN BIOMETEOKOLOGY

-------
                      SUBJECTS ON REGULAR DIET:  WINTER
                                     Piacl    ^1
93C1  9   •  7
94C
                    95C
                                      96C     »
   Figure  9 —  Individual patterns of chemical  properties of infernal environment.  Circles
   represent group mean for each  chemical property measured.  Radial t'jnes represent  indi-
   vidual mean values for each chemical property  measured. Chemical properties measured were
   serum osmolarity (1),  serum sodium (2), serum  potassium (3), serum total calcium (4), serum
   chloride (5), serum inorganic phosphate (6}f serum nonprotein nitrogen (7),  serum creatinine
   (8), whole  blood glucose (9), serum total cholesterol (10), serum total  ketone bodies  (11),
   serum cholinesterase (12), serum amylase (13), serum alkaline phosphatase (14), whole blood
         hematocrit (15), and whole  blood total  leucocyte count (16).  (Reference 42.)

   ditions.  When the mean values of  a variety  of organ functions  are
   calculated from six separate tests on the same 12 fit young men shown
   in Figure 9, unique patterns again emerge  (Figure 10).  The level at
   which the temperature  and blood  pressure are maintained  and  the
   tempo at which homeostatic mechanisms operate is  a distinctive  char-
   acteristic of the individual.

       Eight  other  fit young men marched  6 hours in an hot, moist  en-
   vironment  on four or five occasions.   The  walks were spaced at
   intervals of 2 to 3 weeks so that acclimatization would  not develop.
   During the walks the thermoregulatory and cardiovascular responses
   were measured.  When the mean and extreme values  of  these  meas-
   urements were assembled  graphically,  it was found  that each man
   reacted to the march in moist heat in a reproducible and characteristic
   manner.
  Sargent
                                                                        17

-------
                                    SUBJECTS ON REGULAR DIET:  WINTER
Figure 10 — Individual patterns of organ function.  Circles and radial lines  calculated as
described for Figure 9. Organ functions represented are reclining systolic blood pressure (1),
reclining diastolic blood pressure (2), reclining pulse pressure (3), reclining pulse rate (4),
minute urinary volume (5), creafinine clearance (6),  osmotic clearance  (7), urinary pH (8),
urinary timetable acidity (9), pulmonary ventilation (10) and estimate of  passage of time:
               20 seconds (11), 45 seconds (12) and 70 seconds (13).

    Figure II illustrates the thermoregulatory  reactions.  Note that
in most cases, the extreme values closely parallel the means. Under
the standardized conditions  of these experiments, these men re-
sponded to the heat in eight distinct ways.
    Figure 12 demonstrates a comparable individuality for the cardio-
vascular  reaction to work in heat. These two charts  amply confirm
the wisdom of Sundstroem's remarks  quoted above.

EVIDENCE OF  GENETIC ORIGIN OF BIOCHEMICAL AND
PHYSIOLOGICAL INDIVIDUALITY
    These patterns  of  individuality may be genetic  in origin.  The
genotype of an individual probably determines not only his pattern
of mean  values  of  biochemical and physiological measurements but
also the  norms of reaction  to  environmental change. For instance,
naonozygous  twins  exhibit less   individuality  in  biochemical  and
physiological measurements than  do  unrelated  persons (52).  Within
large  populations individuals  can be  found  whose  measurements
deviate by more than three standard deviations from  the population
mean. These deviations are disconformities(53).  There is ample evi-
dence  that many disconformities  are  genetic.   Much  additional re-
search on human biology will have to be undertaken,  however, to
demonstrate whether patterns of  individuality characteristic  of most
persons are also  genetic.
18
                                      HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
                                        0505
                                            TIME, hr
 Figure 11 — Individual patterns of thermoregulatory response by eight men to marching 5.6
 km/hr at 37 °C corrected  effective  temperature.  Heavy  central  lines represent mean hourly
 values of rectal temperature, mid-thigh skin temperature, and  total body-sweat  rate,  light
                  llines represent range of individual hourly observations.
Figure 12 — Individual patterns of cardiovascular reaction to marching  5.6  km/hr at 31 °C
corrected effective temperature.  Deviations from resting  (control)  observations  of  blood
      pressure and pulse rate represented in same fashion as described for Figure 11.
Sargent
19

-------
                           SUMMATION

     The primary object of study by the human biologist is the system
composed  of the organism and a matrix of environments.  Tire two
elements of the  system are inseparable.  The organism of itselt is  an
open system with needs for specific forms of matter and information.
The  organism functions  to maintain in equilibrium a number  of
variables in different subsystems of its total self (29).  The environ-
ment is  equally  complex;  it is comprised of the material, biotic, and
cultural components.  This system, in spite of its great complexity,
must be investigated holistically  if  deep understanding  is  to  be
realized.  This viewpoint  does  not gainsay the specialized study  of
limited  aspects  of this  system;  the productivity of the biological
sciences attests to the value of such study. My point is that the discrete
bits of information contributed  by  the specialists  must  finally  be
fitted into the broad picture to arrive at a  general knowledge of the
system.  The human biological  scientist  must ever think in terms  of
multiple causation of the processes he studies.  He must relate to the
more general concept  of the system with which he deals.
     Human biometeorology specifically must  focus  its  attention  on
the broad problems of phenotypic plasticity and genetic individuality.
Human biometeorology must adopt the ecological viewpoint as  it in-
vestigates   man  and  his  atmospheric  environment.   Only  by this
approach can  the human biometeorologist ever achieve an  under-
standing of the  organism-environment  system and  fully  appreciate
the implications  of man's capacity to  manipulate his environment for
his future biological fitness.

                           REFERENCES
 1. Adolph E. F.  Ontogeny of physiological regulations in the rat.  Quart.
    Rev. Biol., 32:89-137. 1957.
 2. Adolph, E. F.  Physiology of Man in the Desert. Interscience Publish-
    ers, Inc., N. Y. 1947.
 3. Aycock, W. L., Lutman, G. E., and Foley, G. E.  Seasonal  prevalence  as
    a principle in epidemiology. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 209:395-411. 1945.
 4. Bartholomew, G. A., Jr. and Birdsell,  J. B. Ecology and the proto-
    hominids.  Am. Anthropologist,  55:481-498. 1953.
 5. Blum,  H. F.   Carcinogenesis  by  Ultraviolet Light.   Princeton  Univ.
    Press, N. J.  1959.
 6. Blum,  H.  F.  Time's  Arrow  and  Evolution.   Harper's Torchbooks
    (TB555), N. Y.  1962.
 7. Blum, H. F. On the origin and evolution of human culture  Am. Sci.,
    51:32-47. 1963.
 8. Brown,  W.  H. Constitutional variation and  susceptibility  to  disease.
    The Harvey Lectures, Series XXIV,  pp. 106-150.  1928-29.
 9. Brown,  W.  H. Constitutional  variation and susceptibility  to  disease.
    Arch. Int. Med., 44:625-662. 1929.
10. Davis, T. R. A. Acclimatization to cold in man. In Temperature   Its
    Measurement  in Science and Industry. Vol.  3, Pt.  3.  Biology and
    Medicine (J.  D. Hardy,  ed.) Rheinhold, N. Y.,  pp. 443-452.  1963
20                                    HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
11.  De Rudder, B. Grundriss einer  Meteorobiologie des  Menschen.  3rd
    Ed. Springer, Berlin. 1952.
12.  Dobzhansky, T.  Evolution,  Genetics, and  Man.  John Wiley & Sons,
    Inc., N. Y.  1955.
13.  Dobzhansky, T.  Mankind Evolving.  The  Evolution  oi the Human
    Species.  Yale U.  Press, New Haven.  1962.
14.  Dubos, R. Mirage of Health. Anchor Book  (A258).  Doubleday and Co.,
    N. Y.  1961.
15.  Halberg, F.  Physiologic 24-hour periodicity; general  and procedural
    considerations with reference to  the  adrenal cycle. Zeitschr. f. Vita-
    min-, Hormon-, and Fermentforsch., 10:225-296.  1959.
16.  Halberg, F.  Temporal  coordination  of  physiologic  function.   Cold
    Spring Harbor Symposia on Quant. Biol., 25:289-308.  1960.
17.  Halberg, F.  Periodicity analysis: a  potential tool for  biometeorolo-
    gists.  Intern. J. Biometeorol., 7:167-191.  1963.
18.  Heath, C. W. What People Are. A Study of Normal Young Men. Har-
    vard U. Press, Cambridge, Mass.  1945.
19.  Henderson,  L. J.  The Fitness of the Environment.  Macmillan, N. Y.
    (1913). Beacon Press, Boston.  1958.
20.  Hinkle, L. E., Jr.  and Wolff, H. G. The nature of man's adaptation to
    his total environment and the relation of this to illness.  A.M.A. Arch.
    Int. Med., 99:442-460.  1957.
21.  Hughes,  E.  Seasonal Variation in Man. H. K.  Lewis, London.  1931.
22.  Hulse, F. S. Adaptation, selection, and plasticity in on-going human
    evolution.  Human Biol., 32:63-79. 1960.
23.  Huxley, A.  Human potentialities.  In  Man and Civilization.  Control of
    the Mind.   (S. M. Farber and R. H.  L. Wilson, eds.)   McGraw-Hill,
    N. Y., pp. 60-76. 1961.
24.  Iwanami, M., Osiba,  S.,  Yamada, T., and  Yoshimura, H.  Seasonal
    variations  in serum  inorganic phosphate  and  calcium with special
    reference to parathyroid activity, J. Physiology, 149:23-33.  1959.
25.  Kuno, Y. Human Perspiration.  C. C. Thomas,  Springfield.  1956.
26.  Kutschenreuter, P. H. A study of the effect of  weather on mortality.
    Trans. N. Y. Acad. ScL, 22:126-138. 1959.
27.  Lee,  D. H.  K. Physiology  as  a  guide to combatting tropical  stress.
    New Eng. J. Med., 243:723-730.  1950.
28.  Medawar, P. B.  The  Uniqueness of  the  Individual. Methuen  &  Co.,
    Ltd., London. 1957.
29.  Miller, J. G. The individual response to drugs.  In Man and Civiliza-
    tion.  Control of the Mind.  (S. M. Farber and R. H. L. Wilson, eds.)
    McGraw-Hill, N.  Y., pp. 92-109.  1961.
30.  Momiyama, M.  The  geographical study  of "seasonal diseases".  (I).
    Tentative calendars of "seasonal  diseases" in Japan. J. Meteorol.  Soc.
    Japan.  Ser. II, 38:47-60. 1960.
31.  Momiyama, M. The geographical study of "seasonal  diseases".  (II).
    Calendars of "seasonal diseases" in the world. J. Meteorol. Soc. Japan,
    Ser. II, 39: 103-115. 1961.
32.  Momiyama, M. High winter mortality of "seasonal diseases".  Papers
    in Meteorol. and Geophys., 12:163-178.  1961.
Sargent                                                            21

-------
 33.  Pachter, H. M. Paracelsus:  Magic into Science,  Collier Books  (A570),
     N. Y. 1961.
 34   Pannhorst, R., and Rieger, A.  Manifestierung des Diabetes und Jahres-
     zeit. Ztschr. f. Klin. Med., 134:154-160. 1938.
 35.  Prosser, C. L.  Perspectives  of adaptation:  theoretical aspects.  In
     Adaptation to the Environment. Handbook of Physiology.  Section 4.
     (D. B. Dill, ed.) Am. Physiol. Soc., Washington, D. C., pp. 11-25.  1964.
 36.  Sargent, F., II. A  critique of  homeostasis:  season and metabolism.
     Arch. f. Meteorologie, Geophys., u. Bioklimatol.,  Series  B, 3:389-396.
     1951.
 37.  Sargent, F., II. Depression of sweating in man: so-called "sweat gland
     fatigue".  In  Advances  in Biology of Skin Vol.  III.  Eccrine Sweat
     Glands and Eccrine Sweating.  W. Montagna, R.  A. Ellis, and A. F.
     Silver (eds.). Pergamon Press, London, pp. 163-212.  1962.
 38.  Sargent, F., II, Brown, W. K., Pessa, A. T., Waligora, J., and Weinman,
     K. P. Observations on dehydration and eccrine sweating.  Proc. Unesco
     Symposium on Physiology and Psychology of Man in Arid Conditions,
     Lucknow, India.  Arid Zone Research, 24:115-119.  1964.
 39.  Sargent, F.,  II, and Johnson,  R. E.  Observations on  experimental
     anhidrosis.  Lancet,  1:1018-1021. 1960.
 40.  Sargent, F., II, Sargent, V. W., and Johnson, R. E.  The  Physiological
     Basis for  Various Constituents  in Survival  Rations.  Part III.  The
     Efficiency  of  Young Men Under  Conditions of Moist  Heat.   WADC
     Technical Report 53-484, Part III,  Vols. I and II. Wright Air Develop-
     ment Center,  Dayton, Ohio. 1957-1958.
 41.  Sargent, F., II, and Weinman, K. P. Variabilite physiologique  chez
     rhomme jeune. Biotypologie, 23:137-171.  1962, Also in Physiological
     Measurements of  Metabolic Functions.  (C. F. Consolazio, R.  E. John-
     son, and C. S. Pecora)  McGraw-Hill, N. Y., pp. 453-480. 1963.
 42.  Sargent, F., II, and Weinman,  K. P.  Effectiveness  of  physiological
     regulation.  Nishin  Igaku (Japan), 50-327-339.  1963b.   Also  in  Bio-
     typologie, 25:18-48. 1964.
 43.  Shock,  N.  W. Some of the facts of aging.  In Aging . , . Some Social
     and Biological Aspects.  A.A.A.S. Symp. No. 65, Washington, D. C.,
     pp. 241-260. 1960.
 44.  Sollberger, A,  Significance  of  biological  rhythm  study for  human
     biometeorology.  Inter. J. Biometeorol., 7:193-220. 1963.
 45.  Strehler, B. L. Dynamic theories of aging.  In Aging . . . Some Social
     and Biological Aspects. A.A.A.S., Washington, D. C., pp. 273-303.  1960.
46.   Strehler, B. L. Time, Cells, and Aging. Academic Press, Inc., N, Y.  1962.
 47.  Sundstroem, E. S.  The physiological effects of tropical climate, Phys-
     iol., Rev., 7:320-362. 1927.
48.  Tromp, S. W.  Medical Biometeorology. Weather Climate and the Living
     Organism. Elsevier Publ. Co., Amsterdam.  1963.
49.  Webb, H. M., and Brown, F. A., Jr.  Timing long-cycle  physiological
     rhythms,  Physiol. Rev. 39:127-161. 1959.
50.  Williams, G.  C.  Pleiotropy, natural  selection,  and the  evolution  of
    senescence. Evolution, 11:398-411.  1957.
51,  Williams, R. J.  Biochemical Individuality.  The Basis of the Geneto-
    tropic Concept. John Wiley &  Sons, Inc., N. Y.  1956.  Paperback edi-
    tion, 1963,
22
                                       HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
52. Williams, R. J.  Chemical anthropology—an open door.  Am. Scientist,
    46:1-23. 1958.
53. Williams, R. J. Etiological research in the Light of the facts of individ-
    uality.  Texas Reports on Biol. and Med., 18:168-185. 1960.
54. Yoshimura, H. Seasonal changes in human body fluids. Jap. J. Physiol.,
    8:165-178. 1958.
Sargent                                                             23

GPO 801—494—2

-------
         PHYSIOLOGICAL INSTRUMENTATION


                                          Dr. Douglas H. K. Lee*
                     Activity Assistant  Chief for Research, D.O.H.
                                      U.  S. Public Health Service
                                                   1014 Broadway
                                            Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

SUMMARY

    Physiology covers such a wide range of biological functions that
instrumentation required for one type of function  cannot work for
another. Some of  the  difficulties  encountered  in biological instru-
mentation  of man  are  due to the  variability of biological material,
the unattainability  of  some  sorts of  data, the  necessity  of using
indexes instead of the measurement itself, the difficulty of standard-
ization, the variety of items for study, and the  complexity of rela-
tionships of functions.  For  example, to  measure skin  temperature,
one can use thermocouples, thermistors, or  radiometers. The various
methods of measuring  other  functions (such as sweat  rate, oxygen
consumption, pulse rate, blood pressure,  and distribution of water),
and a formula for quantitatively expressing man's relative strain are
given.
    The assignment  to speak on  physiological  instrumentation for
biometeorological  studies  is  somewhat  unusual  for a  physiologist.
Physiologists don't think in terms of a  field of  instrumentation as
peculiar to themselves.  Physiology covers such  a wide range of
biological functions that  the types of instrumentation  required for
one type of function  or one set of  circumstances just can't work for
others.  I doubt that you will  find  any  textbooks  on  physiological
instrumentation as I  am sure you will on meteorological instrumen-
tation.  Instead of  trying to deal with this subject on  a systematic
basis, I am going to stress principles underlying physiological meas-
urement — the kind of things that one aims at, the kind  of difficulties
one gets into.

                  PROBLEMS — PRINCIPLES

    Physiologists are a solemn  lot. About  the only amusement  they
can get  is when  somebody who is  trained  in  the so-called exact
sciences  tries to apply the principles  of measurements learned in the
exact sciences to  biological  material. Now biological  material just
doesn't behave like  most physical material and remain  relatively
constant; it is extremely  variable.  It is very frustrating indeed for
somebody who is used  to having his materials stay put to find  that
this doesn't happen at all. Many other difficulties arise in  physiological
*Now with the Division of Environmental Health Sciences, National
 Institutes of Health.
Lee                                                            25

-------
measurement, or biological measurement in general. One is that the
datum you want is very often completely unattainable. For example
I would very much like to have some method of estimating the net
strain developed in an  individual when he is  exposed to a certain
stressful situation. I don't know  how to measure it; I even suspect
that it is virtually unmeasureable.  It is a concept  and not a thing
that can be  measured; it  is a very useful  concept and one that we
would like to quantify.
    Then again, one may wish to know something about a certain
function in the body, but getting an estimate or  a  measurement of
that function with a person still  alive may be  difficult.  How would
you go about measuring the blood flow in  the  kidney of the person
sitting next  to you and still leave  him intact  and  functioning? So
many of the things you would dearly like to know just are not meas-
urable, and you must put up with a second or a third best. You take
some measurement that is only  an index—an indication of what's
going on, and not the thing itself.

PULMONARY FUNCTION

    Just now we are very much  concerned with pulmonary function
and various  measures of pulmonary function, particularly in relation
to dust diseases. Now  there  are all sorts of "pulmonary function
measurements," but these are really  measurements of some aspect
of pulmonary  function.  For  example, we  measure  the  degree of
obstruction  presented in  the  respiratory tree  as  the  air goes in or
comes out; the extent to  which some parts of the lung are shut off
and are not  participating in the gaseous exchange; or some loss of
permeability in the membrane between the alveolus and the blood
stream.  These are  only special  aspects of  pulmonary function; they
are  not pulmonary function  itself.  I like  to think that  the only
measure of  pulmonary  function would be a measurement  of the
facility with which it gets oxygen across to the arterial blood in the
face of increasing demand. If you want to measure this, and if the
patient will let you, you can  catheterize his right  heart  and his
arterial system, take samples of blood, and estimate the extent to
which oxygen is really  getting  through.   But this is  a  somewhat
restricted procedure.  You  can't just haul  in a  coal  miner,  shove
catheters into his heart, and then send him back to work. The meas-
urement is possible under certain conditions but  by no means under
all conditions. And yet we need measurements of pulmonary function.
How can we obtain them?  Again,  only by indirection and by  some
sort of  mental integration of the results obtained by different pro-
cedures.

    A further  difficulty is that with all biological material there is
the danger that what you are looking at  becomes changed  by your
process  of looking.  We are reminded of the Heisenberg Uncertainty
Principle, but in a different guise  and a  much  wider sphere.  One
hopes to find ways of looking at a  biological system without dis-
turbing it.
26
                                    HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
    Further, the circumstances under which the observation is made
may exert far more influence on the result than the things you are
trying to  study.  For example, you may be measuring small differ-
ences in pulse rate as a response to  a given situation or a given stress.
For a reasonably stable subject the change in pulse rate brought
about by  relatively high temperatures is quite  small in relation  to
the change in pulse rate brought  about by  other  things.  Just the
prospect of being the subject of an examination or the fact that a
man is still mad at his mother-in-law may have much  more effect
on his pulse rate than shoving the  temperature up  15 or 20 degrees.
Again, you are frustrated in your  attempts to measure the reaction,
unless, and this  is a very  important "unless",  you can thoroughly
standardize your material.

STANDARDIZATION

    Standardization is probably the most important single condition
for physiological measurement, but physiologists are not  always cer-
tain how  far they  must go. Recently I attended a meeting, related
to a proposed International Biological Program; this meeting was  to
set up the conditions for making comparable measurements in differ-
ent parts of the world  on  different groups of people.  The recom-
mendations fell  far short  of  requirements and omitted  numerous
areas that need to be standardized. If the  expert  physiologists are
not fully  aware of the needs, those who  are not so experienced cer-
tainly will overlook this very important principle.  Standardization
is probably the  most important   single  principle  for physiological
instrumentation.

SELECTION OF MATERIAL

    Another major difficulty arises in selecting material for  study.
Because so many variables  are involved, it is virtually impossible  to
obtain measurements on the total  system.  You cannot,  in one life-
time, set up enough different experiments to take in all of the different
variable aspects of the system that will yield a complete line on the
total  system.  You must simplify.  You say to yourself, "This very
limited number of  variables  I  am going to study. The rest I am
hopefully going to hold constant and leave out of  my  further con-
sideration."  This selection must  be  done consciously  and not  by
default. Unless the experimenter knows  that these  are the variables
he is  going to standardize, he will  find himself involved  in purpose-
less arguments with others who are working in a similar field but
with  a different  selection of variables.  In  my work, for instance,
I may decide to standardize, and therefore ignore, the effect of nutri-
tion.  The fellow next door  may decide to make nutrition one of his
primary variables.  We will never get together, and there is no point
in arguing about our results, since my results are  comparable with
his at only one  point. If you standardize your  conditions  and state
them clearly, your  position will be obvious and argument will be
unnecessary.
Lee                                                            27

-------
 COMPLEXITY OF RESPONSE
     The relationships between the response of the organism and the
 stress that is applied to it are by no means simple functions.  These
 relationships are  generally  complex;  very seldom do  you  find a
 straight-line relationship, except over  a very  narrow  range.   For
 example, if you measure the rectal temperature response to increas-
 ing temperature, you  will find at first no detectable change,  then a
 slight increase, and as the temperature  goes up,  a more and more
 rapid increase  in rectal temperature.  You  have a continually rising
 but by no means linear function. If you measure something like sweat
 rate, however, you will first get no sweat; then the sweat will increase
 rapidly for a  while,  stay constant over the next phase of rising
 temperature, and then taper off. Finally, if you insist on going further,
 the sweat rate  very probably will start to fall again.  Here we have
 anything but a simple function. Any extrapolation you made  on the
 first half of your curve as to what would probably happen  on  the
 second half of the curve would be completely wrong.  Unless you
 have been over the ground and know what the function is likely to
 be, you cannot extrapolate more than  a very short distance from the
 range that you have studied.
     Furthermore, if you apply two stresses to  a biological system—
 first separately and then together—you do  not  get a simple additive
 response.  If, for example,  you increase the  air  temperature  and
 measure the rise in pulse rate, you'll get a  certain increment.  If you
 increase the work rate of the individual  and measure the pulse rate,
 you'll get a certain increment. If you expose  the person to  a high
 temperature and give him work, the resulting increment in pulse rate
 will bear no predictable relationship  to  the other two.  There is no
 rational basis for integrating these values.  Again, unless you know
 from experience, what the summation is likely to be, you have no
 clues.

     After one  has accumulated enough data, perhaps, one could go
 to a computer for assistance. But remember that the computer works
 only  with the  data it is  given. If the data are inadequate, or very
 limited, then the  computer will come up with  some  fancy  answers
 that won't mean anything. You'll still have to  go back and find  out
 whether the computer was even in the ball park.

     In Occupational  Health we are plagued by our awareness  that
 the subject is only part of a very complex  system—a family system,
 a social system, an industrial system, an economic system, and so on.
 The examination you want to make may be quite incompatible with
 the system. We would very much like to  have very extensive records
 of changes in rectal temperature, core body temperature, skin tem-
 perature, pulse rate, blood pressure, and so on, for a man doing his
 work in a hot industry.  Well, you can  just imagine  the reception
 you would get if you went to the plant manager and said you wanted
 to hitch up 79  cords to this man,  with a whole truckload of  equip-
 ment trailing after him measuring all these things while he does some
 complicated job. A measurement system may be technically feasible
28
                                    HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
but totally impossible to carry out. When we want to measure the
man on his job, we must usually content ourselves with very simple
measurements  that can  be read without complex  instrumentation.
These are some of the difficulties  that one encounters in biological
instrumentation and  particularly  in  the instrumentation of  man.

                  MEASUREMENT OF HEAT

    So much for the  general principles. Now let me take one set of
circumstances by  way of illustration  and run through the kinds of
instrumentation that  are involved.  I'm going to discuss heat because
this is the subject I know most about. Someone else could very well
talk about instrumentation of human  responses to toxic gases  or the
instrumentation of human  responses to noise.  For every  kind of
environmental  stress  that you might postulate, one could develop a
set of measurements  of human responses  that are fairly peculiar to
that particular  stress.

    I mentioned the  basic importance of  standardization. A second
important principle of even higher priority is answering the question,
Why make the measurement  at all?  It is very easy to  run  around
making measurements simply to be making measurements—without
a very clear idea of how they are to be used.  I've done this myself.
Over a period of three summers I devised a good system of measuring
skin temperatures under working conditions. I took  a lot of readings.
I still have them,  but I don't really  know what to do  with them.
They don't really add to the story I  was trying  to investigate.

BODY TEMPERATURE
    In discussing  instrumentation for heat physiology, we start with
purpose.  What is it one is measuring for?   What is it about the
person's response that you need  to investigate?  This  immediately
determines the scope of your attempts  to measure.  Body tempera-
ture has attracted man's attention  ever  since there  were methods of
estimating temperature, certainly  from  Galileo's time  on.  Yet we
still have no really satisfactory method  of measuring body tempera-
ture.  Over the last 5  years I've been to three or four fairly high-level
conferences in  physiology at  which the measurement of body tem-
perature has been discussed, always with vigor and sometimes with
bitterness. Again, it  is largely a question of definition:  what do you
mean by "body temperature"?  Do you mean the average temperature
of all the bodily tissues?  Or do you mean the temperature  of the
central core of  tissue  in the body, which may be quite different from
that of the periphery  and therefore different from the mean tempera-
ture of all the bodily  tissue?  Or do you mean the temperature of the
blood going to  the chief heat-regulating centers in  the brain?

SKIN TEMPERATURE
    Let us say that you want to measure skin temperature; how do
you do it?  To measure skin temperature you  can use thermocouples,


Lee                                                            29

-------
thermistors, or a radiometer. The difficulty about  a thermocouple
or a thermistor is to place it in  close contact with the skin without
interfering with that skin.  During the war it was fashionable to slap
thermocouples all over the skin and cover each thermocouple with
several layers of surgical adhesive tape.  This  procedure gave mar-
velously constant temperatures.  But they weren't skin temperatures;
they were temperatures under  several  layers  of surgical adhesive
tape. Nowadays we do it a little better. We can put  the thermo-
couple on the skin  without covering it with foreign material  and so
obtain what we think is a good  skin temperature.

MEASURING DEVICES

     You may be interested in a device,  recently invented, called the
Radio  Pill. It is a very thick-walled capsule containing a transmitter
with a temperature-sensitive element.  As the temperature  of  the
Radio  Pill changes, the frequency of the emission  from the trans-
mitter changes  also.  The subject swallows the pill, while you stand
with a little box and tune in  to the frequency, reading from the fre-
quency  setting  the temperature of the  pill at that time.  You  can
follow this pill all the  way down, and if you are ingenious enough you
can even recover the pill and use  it again. (I'm told that the average
number of uses is five.)  This procedure gives you a core temperature.
If  you want a mean temperature you  must  average out the core
temperature with  the skin temperatures obtained  according  to  an
accepted formula.

     Another new gadget is a thermocouple put into the ear canal so
that it is almost in contact with the tympanic membrane. Some swear
that this device gives the body temperature; but as you see there are
a number of body temperatures, and one must  decide which it is that
one wants.

SWEAT RATE

     Suppose you want to measure sweat rate.  Sweating is a means
of  adjusting body temperature,  and you can measure sweat  rate in
various  ways; the  most common  is by weighing. If  you weigh the
subject clothed, before and after  a period of exposure, you find the
amount  of water evaporated from his  skin. If you weigh him nude,
before  and after, you get the amount of water lost  from his skin.
Now these methods may give two different figures, but each is an
acceptable way of  measuring sweat rate.

     You may be interested, not in the total weight loss, but  in the
sweat rate from a particular body area, or from different body areas.
For this measurement one generally uses a capsule. You can measure
the water loss from the capsule in various ways. You can pass dried
air through it and measure the water content of the air coming  out,
or you can measure the difference in water content of the air going
in and that going out.  Everybody has his own pet method- I object
to all except mine,  of  course. Again, you can see that with a dozen
30                                  HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
of these things on,  a worker wouldn't be of much use to the pl-irt
manager.

OXYGEN CONSUMPTION

    You may need to measure oxygen consumption.  Why  oxygen
consumption? Because  by measuring  the  oxygen consumption one
can get a measure of the metabolic rate—the amount of energy being
generated by the individual and therefore the amount of heat being
produced  by the individual. This  is  one  side of the heat-balance
picture. To measure  oxygen consumption,  one hitches a man up to
a tank of air and measures the  amount of oxygen used over a period
of time. From this one calculates the heat production. We are begin-
ning to believe that a lot of the long-term adjustment  of individuals
to heat situations lies in  learning  how to do  work with less heat
production.
             CONSEQUENTIAL MEASUREMENTS

    So far I have discussed the measurement of items  in the heat-
regulating mechanism of the individual. But since in a complex body
you can't do any one thing without upsetting a lot of other things too,
other consequential disturbances are apt to develop in the course of
heat regulation. If you want  to investigate these, then  you need a
different set of techniques.

CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM

    One of  the systems that is very  likely  to become upset during
exposure to  heat is the cardiovascular  system. You just may not have
enough blood to fill up all those dilated blood vessels in  the skin, to
keep up with the loss of water  in the sweat, to keep up, perhaps, with
an undue consumption of food or alcohol, and at the same time to
keep up the supply of blood to the head. The simple things that you
can measure, like pulse rate, unfortunately,  are open to all sorts of
influences other than the  one  you are investigating;  such measure-
ments are to that extent suspect.  One would like to measure blood
pressure, but the conventional way of measuring blood pressure is a
little crude.  The most you can get are values at separate points of
time.  You cannot follow rapid changes in blood pressure. About the
only way to follow rapid changes in blood pressure is with a  catheter
in a blood vessel. You are very restricted in what you can do with a
catheterized man; you will be restricted as to the men  that will let
you do it, too.

WATER  SYSTEM

    You may be interested in  the  amount of water in the body and
the distribution of water about  different parts  of  the  body.  One
speaks of three compartments in  the body—the blood  stream, the
tissue fluid, and the cells. Water moves by a very complex set of laws
Lee                                                           31

-------
 from one compartment to another. As a result of changes  in blood
 vessels and the loss of sweat, it's quite possible for one compartment
 to  be without water  or  not  to  have enough.  Measurements  of  the
 distribution of water among these three compartments are not simple.
 Fortunately, some substances will pass into one compartment but  not
 into  another.  If you inject a known  quantity of one of these sub-
 stances  into the  blood stream,  its rate  of disappearance  from  the
 blood stream,  as shown by successive samplings, gives a measure of
 the volume of the compartment into which it is going.  By using a
 suitable battery of substances and by  measuring at a suitable time
 after the injections, you can get a fairly good indication of where  the
 water is in the body  or where it isn't, which is usually the  problem.

 PULSE RATE

     If, in spite of its  drawbacks, you are interested in the pulse rate,
 you can measure it by palpation at the wrist, which of course is  the
 common way. You can also measure it with a stethoscope placed over
 the heart.  But both  are difficult when the man is marching, partly
 because neither your finger nor the stethoscope will stay put, and partly
 because the rate  at which the pulse is beating is usually so close to
 the rate at  which the man is marching that you find yourself  counting
 the marching  and not the pulse. One can also use the electrocardio-
 gram. If you put one lead on the chest and another on the back, you
 can get an electrocardiogram without too much  interference from
 the muscle action currents; then pick off  the top of  each R wave to
 serve as a pulse counter.

     Another method  that is  frequently advocated, especially by  in-
 strument manufacturers, involves an oximeter, which records varia-
 tions in the blood flow through  the ear lobe.  It works very well  for
 determining the saturation or desaturation of the blood going through
 the ear, but we have not found it very satisfactory as a pulse counter.
 Others claim much more success.

 RENAL FUNCTION

     Renal function is something we  would like to measure,  but it is
 very hard to get at. It can be estimated only indirectly by measuring
 the volume of the urine, and the amount of  a  particular substance
 like urea excreted in the urine,  and then calculating the quantity of
 blood that is  cleared  of a substance  like  urea in a  period  of time.
 This is only a partial measure of renal function, however.  Obtaining
 a real measure of  renal function is quite complicated and involves a
 lot  of induction from this kind of partial evidence.

 NERVOUS  FUNCTION

    A consideration of nervous function is, of course,  limitless. You
 can divide and subdivide nervous function and  devise all  sorts  of
measurement methods. Psychomotor tests  are being  used more and
more frequently for this purpose, particularly to  determine speed of
32                                  HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
reaction, accuracy  of  reaction,  and vigilance.  During the  war we
developed an experiment, in which we placed a trained gunner in a
mock tank, with the job of picking up a target and training his gunsight
accurately on it. We measured the time that elapsed between the ap-
pearance of the  target on the screen and his actual accurate  sighting
of the target.  This  was a measure of speed, accuracy, and vigilance.
We tried this under various conditions  of heat and also of heat plus
noise. When we put the subject in very hot conditions his efficiency
dropped about 10 percent. When we applied noise through ear phones,
even  up to  110  decibels, his efficiency  did  not drop  any more.  But
when we took the noise off, his efficiency increased by 15 percent. He
was better when we took the noise off than he had ever been before,
for a short while.  After about  an hour he slipped  back to the 10
percent decrease again. So you  see there is some point to the adage
about knocking your head against a wall  because it is  so  pleasant
when you  stop.

    Cellular metabolism  is  now engaging our attention more  and
more. We would like to know what goes on in the cells, particularly
what disturbances occur.  If you are interested in this type of meas-
urement, you'll  find increasing literature on it.

    Earlier I mentioned an apparently insoluble problem:  we would
like to have some measure of the total effect  on the individual; not
what happens to his pulse, or his body temperature, or his sweat rate,
but what happens to him—the real him.  Various formulas and charts
have been devised to approach this problem; they all give only partial
or very unsatisfactory answers.  I will run through our attempts to
solve this problem, acknowledging in one gesture the 25  or 30 years
of work by dozens  of people. A full  account will appear in  a forth-
coming volume  of  the Annals,  New  York  Academy of Sciences, on
Biology of Human  Variation.


                 QUANTITATIVE FORMULA

    The quantitative  expression of  man's reaction to his  thermal
environment poses  a complex problem. Three sets of variables, each
containing several items or sub-sets, must  be  considered:

    1.  Environmental—temperature,  humidity, air  movement,
       radiant heat, clothing insulation, and contiguity;

    2.  Individual—age,  sex, body  build,  disease,  hydration,
       level of activity,  acclimatization,  and  individual vari-
       ability;

    3. Evaluational  (criteria for  assessment of effect)—com-
       fort-discomfort, sensation of  distress, functional  failure,
       pathological developments,  aggravation of previous  de-
       fects, susceptibility to other stresses, water requirements.

    The problem of handling  such  a multiplicity of variables in
meaningful  fashion can be logically dealt with in five steps:
Lee                                                            33

-------
     1   From heat-transfer equations devise expressions of interrela-
tionship between appropriate variables (activity level, temperature,
humidity, radiant heat, air movement, clothing insulation) and their
net significance for man.
     Using Burton's (1, 2) equations and the concept of relative strain
introduced by  Belding and Hatch(3),  Henschel and  1(4)  developed
the following approximate relationship:

               M(Icw + Ia) +5.55 (ta —35) +RIa
                           7.5(44 — p.)

     where RS  is relative strain (dimensionless); M is metabolic rate
     in kcal/sq m,hr; R is radiant heat gain in kcal/sq m,hr; ta is air
     temperature in °C;  Ia is insulation of air (inversely proportional
     to square root  of air movement) in clo units; Icw is insulation of
     wet clothes in clo units; pa is vapor pressure of air  in  mmHg.

     2.  By postulating convenient  "standard" values  for metabolic
rate (M), air movement (IJ, clothing insulation (Icw), and  radiant
heat (R), reduce expression to  effect of two independent variables
 (temperature and vapor pressure)  on the  dependent variable (rela-
tive strain); and draw lines of equal strain on a psychrometric chart.

     3.  From the expression for RS  (relative strain), calculate the
changes in air temperature that would produce the same changes in
the  value of RS as deviations from the "standard" values assigned to
the  variables  of metabolic rate,  air  movement, radiant heat, and
clothing  insulation;  and prepare  tables  to  show  "corrections" to
actual  air temperature  which,  if made  after  entering  the chart,
would compensate for such deviations.

     4.  From  the  data  available in the  literature  and  elsewhere,
determine the  probable effect of successive degrees of relative strain
upon a  defined "standard" person, in terms of selected  evaluative
criteria, and express in graphical form.

     5.  Prepare similar  graphic  expressions of probable  effects  for
nonstandard persons.

     The limited  amount of useful  data in the literature makes this
last  step difficult. Evaluation charts will be found in the references.
The actual use of the scheme is comparatively simple:

     a.  From the appropriate table,  determine any  "correction" to
the  actual air temperature needed to compensate for other than the
"standard" values assigned to metabolic rate, air movement,  radiant
heat, or clothing.

     b.  With air  temperature and whatever measure of humidity is
being  used  (wet  bulb  temperature,  relative  humidity,  or  vapor
pressure), enter the psychrometric chart. From the point so obtained
move horizontally to make the adjustment obtained in  (a)  and read
off the corresponding value of relative strain.
34
                                    HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
    c. From the chart of effects appropriate to the persons under
consideration read off the probable effects indicated for that value of
relative strain.

                          REFERENCES

 1.  Burton, A. C. An analysis of the physiological effects of clothing in hot
    atmospheres. Rpt. of Aviation Med. Res. Assoc. Committee (Canada),
    C2754, SPC 186.  1944.
 2.  Burton, A. C. and Edholm, O. G.  Man in a Cold Environment.  Wil-
    liams and Wilkins, Baltimore.  1955.
 3.  Belding, H. S. and Hatch, T. F. Index for  evaluating heat stress in
    terms  of resulting physiological strains.  Heat., Piping,  Air Condit.,
    27(8), 129-136. 1956.
 4.  Lee, D. H. K. and Henschel, A.  Effects of physiological  and  clinical
    factors on response to heat.  Ann. New York Acad. ScL,  134, 743-749.
    1966.

                          DISCUSSION

    Question:  On  your last slide you  showed  "discomfort", which
sounds something like the Weather Bureau's "discomfort index".  Is
it true that you can get only so uncomfortable and then it  is just
constant?

    Dr. Lee:  Yes.   One of the troubles about using discomfort as a
criterion  is that once  you  have reached a  certain  degree of dis-
comfort, any more  does not count. From there on you're getting into
more serious changes.  I might say that the word "comfort" presents
a philosophical difficulty. From  my  point of view,  comfort is the
vanishing point 6f  discomfort. There  are no  degrees of comfort.

    Question: Dr.  Sargent, you said that senescence is an accidental
byproduct of evolution.  I'd  like an explanation.  By accidental you
don't mean "random"?

    Dr. Sargent: No. If we  look at the mechanism by which natural
selection operates, we find that this process is operative  only during
the reproductive period.  There is no  natural selection for the aged.
The fact that we do age beyond the reproductive  period can be argued
as an accidental byproduct of adaptive  processes that have selective
advantages for the reproductive period.

    Question: What do you  think is the most effective measurement
of body temperature?

    Dr. Lee: An argument is centered on whether one should meas-
ure the tympanic membrane's temperature, which is supposed to be
the closest you can come to measuring the brain; whether one should
measure the esophageal temperature as being closest to  a core  tem-
perature;  or  whether  one should measure the rectal  temperature,
which is much more easily obtained. It really depends entirely  upon
what you are after. Recently in London  I saw a chart  with simul-
taneous plots of the temperature in the right heart, which is the  tern-
Lee                                                             35

-------
perature of the mixed blood coming back from all parts of thebodj
the temperature in the esophagus,  the temperature in the tympanic
membrane, and the rectal temperature.  No two  curves agreed, they
were all different. You just  have  to decide which one  suits your
purpose,
     Question: You say they don't agree  in value or shape?

     Dr.  Lee:  Well, if  a person were locked up  in  a room  at  the
same temperature all the time they would agree.  But if there are any
changes  in environment, these curves may not agree at all.

     Question: I'd like to hear some comments on stress levels. Some
popular  articles have been written on this. It seems to me there  are
two sides.  There is an  advantage to an individual to be put under
stress, and then we've heard of disadvantages.

     Dr.  Lee:  Complete  isolation from external stress does not result
in an optimum condition of the body. The optimum condition of  the
body apparently occurs with at least some external stress.  After that,
one begins to pay for additional stress,  first of all by the decline of
the  advantages of mild stress and finally by negative values.

     Question: Would you call that mild stress a stimulant, then?

     Dr.  Lee:  Yes. If you take 20  people sitting down and measure
their pulse  rates, you'll get a pretty wide range  of pulse rates.  If
you have them standing up, you'll get slightly higher pulse rates and
still a wide range. If you have them walking, say, at 2 miles an hour,
you'U get still higher pulse rates but the range will be narrower. At
some moderately high  value, perhaps at 3%, you'll get a compara-
tively narrow range of pulse rates. If  you  start putting the stress
to them  hard—getting them running up  hill at something like  5 miles
per hour—then obviously the rates are going to spread out again, and
some people will drop by the wayside.  So here one finds a range of
stress in which people become  more uniform.

     Dr.  Sargent: Some people are improved,  in a way,  by these
stresses. Sir Joseph  Barcroft discussed  another aspect of this some
years ago in his book Architecture of Physiological Functions. Most
physiologists measure human beings under quite unusual conditions.
The standard conditions that we use are conditions  of vegetation—
we are lying on a bed without having eaten anything for the  past 18
hours, etc. These are not the conditions in which we are physiologi-
cally expected to get  along, We should measure people under circum-
stances that are as consistent as possible with  ordinary  living  con-
ditions.  This bears on what Dr. Lee is saying. In a study at Harvard
University,  the medical investigators  used representative Harvard
students and put them through an experiment that involved  sitting,
standing, standing on a treadmill,  and  running on  a treadmill; re-
covery from this work was also followed. If one plots the coefficients
of variation, a measure of the interindividual difference of the sub-
jects, one finds that the interindividual  variabilities  were quite wide
when the students were sitting and standing.  Then as they went
 36
                                     HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
through the treadmill run the variability became narrow. As they
recovered,  the variance widened out again.  This particular experi-
ment did not push the subjects, so some stress tends to reduce inter-
individual variance.  What physiologists have to do is measure human
beings under realistic stresses rather than under extreme  stress.

    Question: Dr. Sargent, you  mentioned the problems  of  a body
maintaining its chemical stability in winter.  Have you any informa-
tion showing that there seems to be a time when certain diseases
tend to attack an individual because of this lack of chemical stability
or of a certain chemical which goes  awry?

    Dr. Sargent:  The evidence that I showed from Dr. Momiyama
suggests that a great many diseases are beginning to concentrate in
the winter, that we're losing the summer maxima.  The slide I showed
is from her data for Tokyo, but she found this true of all important
western  countries where statistical  data are reasonably good.  The
generalization thus seems to  apply  to metabolic  disturbance, infec-
tious diseases—to practically  all  diseases.

     Dr. Lee: There's one exceptional case in  regard to summer. The
highest mortality rates occur in a period of exceptionally hot weather.
The mean  summer figures are much lower than the mean winter fig-
ures, but an exceptionally hot  period gives the highest figures of all.

    Dr. Surgent: The biochemical reaction that we showed was un-
covered in our  studies on survival  rations for the Air Force.  The
increase of ketone bodies in  the blood and the decrease of  blood
sugar, the increase of nitrogen that developed in the winter is  exactly
equivalent to an injection of insulin.  We were even  able  to demon-
strate a  negative phosphate balance in our subjects.  I don't  know
what this metabolic reaction means yet.  The insulin reaction is really
an analogy. There must be some very important  fundamental meta-
bolic change that occurred.

     Question:  Do you find that the first onset of winter—the first
cold spell—tends to cause cardiovascular problems or some other type
of illness to emerge?

     Dr. Lee:  Not necessarily.  About 30 years ago Johns Hopkins
analyzed the relationship of respiratory morbidity to changes in tem-
perature.  They found that a  rapid  change in either  direction was
associated  with  increased morbidity.  It didn't matter much whether
it was going up or going down. Of course, the changes in  winter are
more rapid than in  summer.

     Question: Is this tendency toward increased mortality in  winter
a world-wide trend  or is  it just in the United States?

     Dr. Lee:  It's world wide  among the advanced civilizations, the
Western civilizations.

     Question: Do you think that the increase in the use of air condi-
tioning could have anything to do with this?  In ages past, or  at least
Lee                                                           37

-------
20 or 30  years  ago, people  were keeping relatively warm in the
winter,  so there hasn't  been any  great  change  there; but in the
summer  we  have  arrived at  this  mechanical means  to  cool our
environment.
    Dr. Lee: There isn't much air conditioning in Britain.

    Dr. Sargent:  The trend applies to France, to England, to the
Scandinavian countries, and to the United States.

    Question:  Does it wash out  as  you  go into more  temperate
climates?
    Dr. Sargent: Dr. Momiyama hasn't studied this particular aspect,.
as far as I know.

    Question: What do you mean by more temperate?

    Dr. Sargent: More moderate winters as you go south.

    Question: Are her figures percentages?

    Dr. Sargent: No, they're death rate—by months.

    Dr. Horton: Some of your changes in the seasonal pattern of ill-
ness are due not to an increase in the winter but to a decrease in the
summer.  The shape of the curve simply changes. The whole pattern
of intestinal illness in bottle-fed babies, which killed hundreds and
hundreds of infants every summer, particularly in August, in urban
United States back before about 1920 is essentially this. The disease
was found only in rural areas until 1946.  When the Public Health
Service was about ready to study the problem, it disappeared. But
that is not a phenomenon of air conditioning. It's due to elimination
of flyborne intestinal illness largely in young babies.

    Dr.  Lee: We could put it  this way:  summer mortality is very
largely due to vector-borne diseases; whereas the winter mortality is
largely due to more contact with the disease.

    Dr. Horton: It always has been. But at least the mortality of the
disease has been reduced, either naturally or through treatment. I'm
not sure  that one could say that these diseases have been reduced.
Some of  them have become less severe,  such as scarlet  fever, and
others have become more treatable, such as pneumonia.

    Dr.  Sargent: This same trend  applies to cardiovascular disease
and cancer.

    Dr.  Horton: Part of this is due to the fact  that some of these
diseases  are  due to terminal infection.

    Question:  Dr.  Sargent, concerning the adaptability of the body,
has any attention been  directed to this increase in stress by  going
through  the  cycles of winter and summer  year  after year  so that
the aged person reflects  this more, say, than the younger' person?
Would this occur more in the temperate zone than with someone who
is always in the winter season, such as in the arctic,  or someone who
38
                                    HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
is  always in the  summer season  and doesn't  have to  endure the
cyclical changes?

     Dr. Sargent: Very little has been done on this subject. You find
that some seasonal curves, such as for poliomyelitis and rheumatic
fever,  are flatter in the tropics than  in temperate  regions. But we
have very little good information on the arctic regions.

     Dr. Lee: There has been a lot of argument over the  years about
the desirability of having change in climate. I think it is like a stress
situation. Complete lack of change is undesirable.  A moderate change
is desirable. When the change becomes more than moderate, then you
start getting a stressful curve again.

     Dr. Norton:  I don't know that one can say that people living in
a place like Honolulu, for instance, which has about as little variation
as one can find, are any worse off than in other locations.  Huntington,
for one, made a great point of the  fact that the only  people  who
amounted to anything much were the people  brought  up in  what
some people call the intemperate climate. This is a complex question.

     Dr. Sargent:  I think  that the study of Kutschenreuter showing
the different effects of seasons on the  various age groups  should  be
repeated. As far as I know, season and mortality were studied  only
in New York City. I think this is probably a very important thing—
the fact that the seasonal  variation of the mortality rate is different
for different age groups. [Recently Momiyama* has confirmed Kutsch-
enreuter's findings.]

     Dr. Larsen:  Some  air pollutants  seem to  be about 5 times  as
concentrated in the winter  as in the summer.  Have you  any good
suggestions for filtering out  the stress from air pollutants as opposed
to the  stress from changes in meteorology?

     Dr. Sargent:  They go together.  If it is nice and  warm,  there
won't  be  as much air pollution  because you won't have to heat  so
much. I think the effects of air pollution are quite frequently very
closely tied up with the effects of the weather. I don't have any  sug-
gestions for filtering them out.

     Question:  Do you find that some  of these  seasonal  adjustments
the body makes may throw off other functions of adaptation in the
body?  Do you find that keeping a close regulatory effect on some of
the chemicals in the body can throw off other functions  of the body
adaptation to the changes  in the weather or climate?

     Dr. Sargent: No.  I don't think that is the right way to  look at it.
The fact that we can keep certain aspects of our physiology so closely
guarded has great survival advantage for us because it keeps the very
essential functions of the cells, the systems, operating.  We  don't find
things getting out of gear in just the  way you've asked.
 * M. Momiyama and H. Kito.  Papers in Meteorology and Geophysics, 14:
  190-200(1963).
Lee

-------
     Question: You mentioned low calcium in the winter time. Would
that be something related to, say, lack of sunshine or lack of vita-
min D?
     Dr. Sargent: This gets us into this problem of seasonal variation
in the physical  environment versus seasonal variation  of the  body.
The two are beautifully correlated.  The literature gives some lovely
graphs, with correlation coefficients up to around 0.9 between calcium
and galvanic stimulation and incidence of tetany.  They all go beauti-
fully together, and we know from independent physiological research
that there is an important interrelationship between the  ultraviolet
component of the sun and the calcium and phosphorus metabolism.
     Question: Could we say that if pollution causes  decreased sun-
shine it causes vitamin D deficiency?
     Dr. Sargent: Well, theoretically. But as Dr.  Giel pointed  out, we
get our vitamin D by other means now. By technological inventions
of man, in milk.
     Question: Dr. Lee, is there  any information on whether people
born and raised, let's say, in a southern climatic  area  are performing
a different physiological function from people in other areas?  I was
with an occupational health group in Brazil, and my Brazilian col-
leagues never sweated the way  I did. They never seemed to have
any visible sweat. Now these people—one was a boy of French extrac-
tion, one  was a  chubby Italian, some  were of Negro  extraction, and
others were Portuguese—but they  always  seemed  to  be cool and
comfortable.

     Dr.  Lee: Such investigation that has been carried  out shows
virtually  no effect of race; this has been  a very disappointing field.
You'll find lots of statements in the older literature, but in most cases
they looked at only one side of the balance. For example, they would
see  that this racial  group sweated  more  than another racial  group
without recording how much work they were doing, or the  way in
which they went about doing the  work.  Remember  I said that we
are  beginning to realize now that a large part of the long-term  ac-
climatization is learning to do the job with less expenditure of energy.
This is very important. The man who sweats less may do so because
he's just not doing the same amount of work or because he is working
more efficiently.

     Question: One of the remarks that the physician made was that
Brazilians develop small pores.  Is there such a thing?

     Dr. Lee: No. I heard Dr. Weiner, who is probably the authority,
talk on this subject a couple of  months ago, and he is very disap-
pointed. He can't find  any racial differences.  He has not looked at
very many racial groups, but so far he has not been able to find any
differences.

     Dr. Sargent: I would like to comment on the question  of heat
tolerance in the  white versus the Negro, found in the literature in the
last few years.*  In our survival studies a  third of our subjects were
40
                                    HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
Negroes. The boys all went through identical procedures.  To make
the analysis of our data more elegant, we matched them for  body
size, height, weight, surface area, and lean body mass, within 10 % ;
we found 19 matched pairs. We compared about 20 different meas-
urements made on these men while they were resting and while they
were walking on a track for an hour in temperatures of 95 to 105°F,
dry  bulb; there were no significant  differences in the physiological
reactions. We also observed heat illness among these subjects.  Only
one case of heat illness of any kind occurred among the Negro sub-
jects, and 21 cases  of heat illness occurred  among the whites.  Our
physiological  measurements  showed nothing but that the Negro
showed more stamina. This is somewhat the conclusion that Wynd-
ham arrived at in comparing Bantus and Zulus with white people in
South Africa.  The same conclusion was reached by Sid  Robinson in a
study of share croppers years ago. I would agree with Dr.  Weiner
on these differences of race: they are very difficult to  establish. We
also have the very important question of how long these people have
been in  a hot  environment.  We don't know  how long it takes an
individual to acclimatize. We're doing  a lot of research in chambers,
but  you can't get  anybody to live in a chamber for 10 years.  You
can  get them to live in a chamber for  a couple of hours every  other
day for a few weeks. We find that the rectal temperature  and  pulse
rate go down and the sweat rate goes up, so we say "Now he's ac-
climatized."  But  evidence  now shows  that with continued exposure
to heat the sweat rate actually  starts to go down again.  Such a finding
came from the Singapore lab of the Royal Navy, where they studied
people for 25  weeks.  Maybe what we are studying in the chambers
is not  "acclimatization'7 but "acclimatizing."  The newcomer to the
hot areas shows high sweat rates and the natives in the tropics show
low sweat rates. We might look on this really as an overreaction with
a very long time phase. The  homeostatic mechanisms have a  large
variety of time sequences.

     Question:  When you spoke of these matched pairs and you said
there were no physiological  differences in response,  how did you
interpret this heat  illness in the  18?

     Dr. Sargent:  By the vague term  "stamina"

     Question:  It was a psychological response?

     Dr.  Sargent: No.  We had total cessation of sweating, heat ex-
haustion, hyperventilation tetany, and  things of this sort.  There was
only one case of reduced sweating among the Negroes, but 21  cases
of heat illness occurred among the whites.  This  wasn't a  feeling of
unhappiness or distress or discomfort.

     Question:  Weren't these  measurable things then?

     Dr. Sargent:  Yes, they were measurable, but at the clinical level
rather than  the physiological level. Maybe we weren't  measuring the
* S. K. Riggs and F. Sargent, II. Human Biology, 36:339-352.  1964.



Lee                                                           41

-------
 right things physiologically to bring  these  differences  out.  Sund-
 estrom realized this years ago.  The ways people put together all their
 adaptive reactions are quite different.  Some people put them together
 one way,  and some another. Maybe you can't measure it all at  once.
 By using the standard procedures that most  physiologists use today,
 you couldn't see any difference. Other people have arrived at  some
 very interesting conclusions on the basis of similar  measurements
 where they found differences.  Baker of Penn State has written  some
 delightful articles  on  "Climate, Culture, and Evolution," which you
 all ought to read.  He has studied Negroes at 85°F, which  he called
 moist heat stress,  and then found  some  regressions between  sweat
 rate and temperature.  He then extrapolated from  his curves to ex-
 plain racial differences in sweat rate all  over the  world.  He found
 only small differences.

     Question: Do  the results  on the paired study on physiological
 response suggest that  it might be well to  measure some  of  the more
 sensitive variables, such as hyperventilation or  sweat rate, or some
 of these other things that seem more touchy or clinical?

     Dr. Sargent:  We measured sweat  rate,  pulse  rate,  rectal  tem-
 perature, skin temperature, and blood pressure at rest and  standing.
 We also measured oral temperature, blood pressure and  pulse stand-
 ing and sitting, and metabolic  rate.

     Dr.  Lee:  Hyperventilation  is  a  bit  hard  to  measure because
 people are extremely  sensitive to observation.

     Dr. Sargent:  We measured the maximum  ventilatory capacity
 as well as pulmonary ventilation and tidal air.

     Question: What was the nature of the heat illness of the whites?

     Dr. Sargent:   One was anhidrosis, total cessation of sweating.
 Another was  a marked reduction of sweating, which we call hyper-
 hidrosis.  Neither  of these was associated with  a rise in body tem-
 perature.   And then there was hyperventilation tetany, which has
 been ascribed to the heat, although  it  might be partly due to anxiety
 because of the circumstances or to a panic reaction.  We had one case
 of heat exhaustion.
42                                  HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
          CLIMATES  OF  THE UNITED  STATES
                                            Dr. Mark D. Shulman

                                               Assistant Professor
                                    Rutgers, The State University
                      New Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station
                                       Department of Meteorology
                                                  Nichol  Avenue
                               New Brunswick, New Jersey 08903
 SUMMARY

     As a result of the interacting effects of the wedge-shape of the
 North American continent, the large land mass in northern latitudes,
 the  warm oceanic areas and currents in the south, the north-south
 mountain ranges,  and the large urban areas,  distinct  and  different
 air masses develop in appropriate source regions producing unique
 types  of climates  in  the  United States.  The temperature-humidity
 index  (THI), a climatic variable calculated from air temperature and
 moisture  and expressing  the  integrated effects of  temperature and
 humidity on human effort, is discussed.
                        INTRODUCTION

     My  topic is  indeed  a very, very  broad area of  study.  Since  I
teach a 3-credit  course at Rutgers University entitled "Climates of
the  United  States," it was difficult for me  to decide what specific
aspects of United States and North American climatology to  deal
with.  I finally decided to discuss the  uniqueness of  the climates of
North America and some of the main controlling factors that produce
the particular type of climate to which we are subjected. The second
part of my talk  will  deal with the distribution of  two important
climatic  parameters, temperature and precipitation,  and the distri-
bution of a measure of human comfort, the temperature-humidity
index or THI.
                     CLIMATIC FACTORS

LATITUDE

    Among the most  important controlling factors  of the  climate
of any particular  area, latitude must be included.  The word "cli-
matology"  or "climate" is from the Greek word "klimas,"  which
means angle of inclination. This refers to the angle of inclination of
the sun above the horizon, which is  latitude-dependent  and one of
the main factors of climate.  Thus, the early Greeks knew that if one
Shulman                                                      43

-------
proceeded north or south from a particular location a corresponding
change in climate would be observed. North America is a^very long
continent latitudinally, extending from about  10°N  to  /l>  or  ou J.N.
As you might expect, on the basis of latitude alone, there are  broad
differences in climatic types.
TOPOGRAPHY

    A second controlling factor of  climate is the geographic setting
or the topography of the continent. Figure  1  indicates that the gen-
eral shape of the North American continent is that of a wedge, with
the broad anvil portion of the wedge in northern latitudes,  narrow-
ing down considerably in  southern latitudes.  This shape  has im-
portant ramifications  in the  type of  climate  we experience. Notice
also that  most  of the mountains in North America are oriented north
and south, in particular the Cordillera  in the West and the Appala-
chians  in the  East.  Considering the  rest of  the  continental land
masses, one may recall that aside from  South Am.erica, which is also
a wedge  but inverted latitudinally, all  other  major mountain ranges
appear to be oriented east-west, in particular the Alps and the Hima-
layas. Thus, as a  result of this factor alone, the climate of North
America  is strikingly  different  from, that of Eurasia.
 OCEAN CURRENTS

     A  third controlling  factor is the ocean  currents.  Two current
 systems, shown in Figure 2, affect the climate of North America. One
 is the North Pacific drift, which comes across the central Pacific and
 bifurcates when  it  strikes the North American Continent  at  about
 40°N.  This  bifurcation results in  a current moving from  south to
 north along the coast of Washington, Oregon,  and British Columbia—
 the Alaska current.  The other current moves to the south—the Cal-
 ifornia current.   Since these two currents  travel  from middle lati-
 tudes to  either higher or  lower  latitudes,  they tend to modify the
 corresponding coastal  climates.  Thus,  the Alaska  current moving
 from south to north is essentially a warm  current; it warms the  air
 about it  and  tends  to increase  instability.  The  California current
 moving to the south is relatively  cold; since it is moving from higher
 to lower latitudes, it tends  to cool the air immediately above and has
 a general stabilizing effect. These  air-sea interactions are of notice-
 able importance in the general climate of the area.

     In the Atlantic, we have the Gulf Stream system, emanating from
 the Florida  straits  and  paralleling the North  American coast in a
 northeasterly  direction just off  the continental shelf.  This system
 becomes the North Atlantic drift  and moves across  the North Atlantic
 ocean. Since the general movement of winds in mid-latitudes over
 North America is from west to east, the currents in the Pacific have
 a more profound effect upon the general climate than does  the Gulf
 Stream in the Atlantic.
                                     HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
         Figure 1 — Orientafion of major mountain ranges of North America.

PRESSURE SYSTEMS

    The next factor controlling climate is the existence of the atmos-
pheric semipermanent  pressure  systems.  The Bermuda  High, the
semi-permanent high-pressure system off  Southern California, the
Aleutian Low, and the  Icelandic Low are examples of  such systems.
These semipermanent  pressure  systems, which are  statistical in
nature, perform the very important function of distributing moisture,
momentum, and heat energy in the atmosphere. If these giant rotors
did not exist, the earth, which receives most of its  energy from the
sun in low latitudes, would  tend to become overheated in low lati-
tudes and supercooled in  higher latitudes.

URBAN  AREAS

    The fifth controlling factor is urban areas.  You  may think  it
strange to consider this factor,  but urban  areas do produce a pro-
Shulman
                                                               45

-------
nounced effect on their climate.  Such an area tends  to influence its
local climate as  a result of changes in albedo, evaporative surfaces,
heat capacity, and so on. Since this subject is  more properly a func-
tion of microclimatology, let it suffice to mention that cities in contrast
to non-urban areas  tend  to have generally  higher temperatures,
greater amounts of rainfall, greater amounts of fog, and lower relative
humidity.
          Figure 2 —• Major ocean current systems affecting North America.

 AIR MASSES

     Before we discuss the distribution of precipitation, temperature,
 and the temperature-humidity index over  the United States, let us
 briefly consider a combination of these factors to describe the unique-
 ness of the climate of North America.  As a result of the wedge-like
 shape of the continent, with a large land mass in northern latitudes
 and warm oceanic areas to the South,  combined with north-south
 mountain ranges, we have perfect  conditions for the development of
 distinct and different ah\masses in appropriate source regions.  Fig-
 ures 3  and 4 show the source regions and trajectories for some of the
 major air masses that affect the North American continent during the
 two extreme seasons, winter and summer.  The  arrows indicate the
 general trajectory of these different air masses.  Several major  air
 masses affect, at least, the greater  portion of the country east of the
 Rocky  Mountains. Two are the cP (continental polar) and  cA (con-
 46
                                     HUMAN  BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
tinental arctic) air masses originating in the north; these are usually
cold, dry, and unstable.  These  air masses move in roughly north to
south trajectories.  Another  important air  mass  is  the  Gulf  mT
(maritime tropical) air mass, which generally moves  from the  Gulf
of Mexico, its  source  region, to  the north.  Other air masses  that
affect mainly the coastal regions  of the Atlantic and the Pacific are
the  mT in the Pacific and  the mP  (maritime polar)  in  the North
Atlantic and North Pacific.
       Figure 3 — North American air mass source regions and trajectories (winter).
       Figure 4 — North American air mass source regions and trajectories (summer).
  Shulman
                                                                     47

-------
LOW PRESSURE SYSTEMS
    Air masses are distinguishable according to peculiar and distinct
characteristics and are separated from each other by frontal surtaces.
According to the Norwegian theories of cyclogenesis, fronts are usu-
ally associated  with  traveling  low-pressure systems or  cyclones,
which are the main producers of inclement weather. The movement
of these low-pressure systems, with their attendant fronts, cold and
warm, provides the mechanism for the movement and distribution of
these various air  masses over the  United States. Figure 5 indicates
the general paths or trajectories of these traveling cyclones or low-
pressure systems, as  well as those of some of the major anticyclonic
or high-pressure  systems. 'Note that the general path of these pressure
systems is in a west-to-east direction, which is in line with the gen-
eral movement  of  winds  in  midlatitudes.  Note  also  the general
convergence of storm  tracks  over the  northeastern  United States.
Some  of these paths include that  of the Alberta low, Colorado and
Texas low-pressure systems, Gulf lows and east-coastal low-pressure
systems.  It appears  that lows are most intense and  are  associated
with the greatest amounts  of precipitation when they are moving in
a south to north direction.  This is  in line with the fact that the main
sources of moisture for  these storms are the Gulf of Mexico and the
Atlantic Ocean.
     As a  result of these factors North America, the United States in
particular, is blessed with an abundance  of unusual climatic phe-
nomena; unusual  because of their  great frequency of occurrence and
intensity.   Such climatic "delights" include tornadoes,  blizzards, dust
storms, thunderstorms  (with and without hail), and abundant rain.


                         TEMPERATURE

    One way of getting a good feeling for the climate of an area is
to take a detailed look at the distribution of certain climatic elements.
As I indicated earlier, we  will  consider temperature, precipitation,
and the temperature-humidity index.  Let's start with the distribu-
tion of temperature and consider the two extreme  seasons, in par-
ticular the months of January and July.

DISTRIBUTION  IN JANUARY

    Figure 6 shows the  patterns  of isotherms, lines connecting equal
temperatures, over the  United States during January. Notice the
effects of the oceans.  The isotherms appear  to reach their  southern-
most extent in the interior  of the country and are bowed upward to
the north along the Atlantic and the Pacific coasts. This effect is most
pronounced along the Pacific, where isotherms parallel the  coast for
considerable  distances.  The  change  in  temperature  with  latitude
varies  considerably from one part  of the country  to  another.  The
temperature  gradient  from Maine to Florida corresponds  to  about
2.5°F per  degree  latitude. This means that someone in the  northern
part of the United States traveling south along the  eastern  seaboard
48                                  HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
for his winter  vacation  at approximately 70 miles per hour  on the
new interstate  highway  systems, could expect to gain 2.5°F for each
hour of travel.  This, of course, refers to mean or average conditions.
In the interior of the  country from  Minnesota,  say Duluth, to New
Orleans,  the change in temperature  or temperature gradient  is ap-
proximately the  same.  Along the west coast of the United  States,
because of the moderating- effect of  the  ocean and general onshore
breezes,  the temperature gradient is only about 0.8 °F per latitude
degree.
Figure 5 — Main cyclone tracks (solid lines) and anticyclone tracks (broken lines) over
                            North America.

    Look at two particular isotherms, the 0° isotherm and the 30°
isotherm. The 0° isotherm  enters the  country in the northcentral
plains  in the vicinity  of  eastern  North  Dakota  and northwestern
Minnesota, quickly returning to Canada/ The 30° isotherm, however,
has a considerable traverse  across the United States. It  enters the
eastern seaboard in the vicinity of New York City, progresses to the
south and west,  bows toward the equator  in the Appalachian moun-
Shulman
                                                                49

-------
tains, then proceeds through the Ohio valley in the vicinity of Cin-
cinnati, through the Mississippi valley a little north oi St. Louis, and
into  the plains in the  vicinity  of Denver.  At  this point it becomes
extremely  erratic because of the effects of the mountains,   It re-
appears in northcentral California and generally parallels the coast
(notice the effect of  the  Columbia  River valley),  never  actually
touching the ocean until southern Alaska.  Once again, this contour
is due to the modifying effects of the Pacific  Ocean.

ROCKY MOUNTAINS

     Also noteworthy in Figure 6 is the barrier that  the north-south
Rocky Mountains present to the marine air from the Pacific moving
in from the west, and its  subsequent effect on the isotherms.  Note
also that in the immediate lee  of the Rocky Mountains temperatures
are somewhat warmer than in  the Plains farther to the east.  This is
due  to what is known as a Chinook  effect, in which air conies over
the tops of the Rocky Mountains, descends the lee side, and warms
adiabatically—that is,  in a thermodynamic sense without the addition
of heat. These Chinook winds  are thus warm  and  dry, and result in
the  evident modified isothermal pattern.

GREAT LAKES

     Another interesting point  in Figure 6 is  the effect of the Great
Lakes.  The Great Lakes generally do not freeze  during the  winter.
The only one  that does freeze with any consistency  is Lake Erie,
which freezes  because of  its shallower  depth. As  a result of open
water, air passing over the Lakes in  a general west-to-east direction
becomes modified with increased moisture  and warmer temperatures.
This net effect is seen  when  we compare the temperatures of several
cities in central  Wisconsin on  the windward side  of the Lakes and
other cities in central lower Michigan  on the lee side of Lake Michigan
but  at  approximately the same latitude.  For example, the mean
January temperatures  for such cities  as Madison, LaCrosse, and sev-
eral other smaller stations in  Wisconsin,  such as Richland  Center,
are  between 15  and 18°F.  Cities  in Michigan, such  as Muskegon,
Flint, and Grand Rapids, which are affected to  a much greater extent
by the proximity of the Great Lakes,  record mean January tempera-
tures that range from  23 to 26°, considerably warmer. Occasionally,
local and smaller topographic  effects are  evident  on the mean iso-
thermal pattern. One  case in point might be the Hudson Valley and
Lake Champlain. This area appears somewhat warmer than the sur-
rounding countryside,  mainly because of differences in elevation.

ABSOLUTE MINIMUM

     Figure 7 indicates the extreme isotherms  for  the winter  season.
These values are the coldest temperatures ever recorded regardless
of time of observation. Absolute minimum temperatures occur in the
mountain states of Montana  and Wyoming, where values of  —60°F
have been recorded.   The — 40°F  isotherm is found  in  the Great
50                                  HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
Plains,  in  isolated portions  of New England,  and in northern  Wis-
consin and Minnesota. At —40 °F and below, mercury freezes and
observers must use spirit thermometers to record these temperatures.
Notice further the effects of  the  Great Lakes on the  extreme iso-
therms. Absolute minimums along the shore are considerably higher
than those recorded some distance inland; this temperature difference
has an  important effect  on the  economy of the region, with  fruit
belts  along Lake Michigan  and Ontario.  Fruit trees that  normally
          Figure 6 — Average January temperature in the United States (°F).
       Figure 7 — Lowest temperatures ever observed in the United States (°F).
Shulman
                                                                 51

-------
could not exist in such areas because of poor tolerance for  low tem-
peratures flourish  in the vicinity  of the Lakes.

DISTRIBUTION IN JULY
    Let us now turn to the mean or average temperature distribution
over the United States for the month of  July, generally the hottest
month, as shown in Figure 8. Note first the more uniform distribu-
tion of the isothermal pattern. Take a look at the 70°  and 80° iso-
therms and track them as  they traverse the country.  A goodly por-
tion of  the United States  falls between these two lines.  Also the
north-south temperature gradients are considerably less than during
the winter. The change of temperature with latitude is  now greatest
in the central part of the  country, where the temperature gradient
from Duluth, Minnesota, to New Orleans,  Louisiana, is approximately
1°F per degree latitude.  Along the East Coast from Eastport, Maine,
to Key West, Florida, the gradient is approximately 0.8°F per degree
latitude. On the West Coast the temperature gradient is still smaller;
from  northern Washington to San Diego it is approximately  0.7°F
per degree latitude. As indicated in Figure 8, most of  this gradient
occurs south  of San Francisco.

    As  before, the effect of topography is evident in that  somewhat
cooler temperatures are experienced  in  the  mountains of the East
and particularly in the Rocky Mountains.  The hottest portion of the
United States occurs in the desert Southwest,  where mean tempera-
tures  approaching 100°F are found in some isolated spots. Another
interesting point is the extreme temperature gradient of the south-
west coast. The immediate shoreline is quite cool in association with
the cool ocean currents and the general west-to-east flow of air. The
interior is exceedingly warm for  several reasons. The rain shadow
effect of the mountains causes the interior areas to be dry and support
little  vegetational  growth.  Hence little plant moisture is available
for evaporative  cooling.  Also, because of the decreased amount  of
cloudiness, the sun's rays  are allowed to strike unimpeded on the
surface, producing the very warm temperatures. This sharp east-west
temperature  gradient results in  the  very great  frequency of sea
breezes.

    Figure 9  indicates the pattern of the extreme isotherms of maxi-
mum  temperatures for the summer.  As with the mean  isotherms,
one is struck by the relative uniformity of the pattern.  Most of the
United States has had temperatures above 100°F.  This is true except
for a few isolated and exceedingly maritime areas, such as the coastal
northeast in Maine, in the immediate vicinity of the northwestern
Great Lakes,  and the coast of extreme northwestern United States.
As before, the effects of topography are evident in the deflection  of
isotherms due to the mountain areas and the modifying  effects of the
Great Lakes.  Highest temperatures ever reached  in the United States
occur in the  desert Southwest,  where absolute maximum  tempera-
tures of greater than I25°F have been  attained. In Greenland Ranch,
California, a  temperature of 134°F has been recorded
                                    HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
            Figure 8 — Average July temperature in the United States (°F).
        Figure 9 — Highest temperatures ever observed in the United States (°F).

                         PRECIPITATION

     The second climatic  parameter we will discuss is  precipitation.
Figure 10 shows the  distribution of annual precipitation  over the
United States.  This distribution is shown by the pattern of isohyets
or lines of equal annual precipitation.  The most remarkable thing
about  the precipitation of the United  States, the eastern third of the
nation in particular, is the abundance of well-distributed precipita-
tion.  The 40-inch isohyet which encompasses a land area with very
Shulman
53

-------
 adequate precipitation covers the southeastern third of the country.
 The 20-inch isohyet, generally taken as the dividing line between
 semi-arid and sub-humid types  of climate,  proceeds from central
 Texas, in a north-south direction, approximately  along the  100th
 meridian before  it enters into  Canada.
        Figure 10 — Average annual precipitation in the United States (inches).

 SOURCE

     As indicated earlier, the main source of moisture for the greater
 portion of the United States is the Gulf of Mexico; the Atlantic Ocean
 is a secondary source.  Evidence of these moisture source regions is
 seen in the general pattern of the isohyets which are oriented north-
 south  in  the  central part  of the country and east-west across the
 northeastern tier of states.  Thus,  the general moisture  gradient is
 from southeast to northwest.  This is further illustrated by the mois-
 ture differentials between  selected  points.   For example  between
 St. Paul,  Minnesota, and  New  Orleans,  Louisiana,  the  precipita-
 tion differential  amounts  to  30 inches,  indicating  a  pronounced
 decrease in precipitation from south to north. From St Paul Minne-
 sota, to Eastport, Maine, the precipitation differential amounts to 15
 inches; thus although precipitation increases from west to east  this
 increase is not as great as  that from south to north.

 GREAT  LAKES

«.  ,AS T haVe  n°ted' the Great Lakes  have an important effect on
the distribution of temperature in the immediate area- their effect on
precipitation, however, is a minor one. Although, during certain por-
tions of  the year, particularly in the fall  when cold air from the
54
                                     HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
Northwest traverses the warm waters of the  Great Lakes and pro-
duces instability snow showers, the Great Lakes generally act as  a
very weak source of moisture. In fact, the stabilizing effect of the
Great Lakes during the  summer season, and the resultant inhibition
of  thunderstorms,  usually reverses  any  tendency  toward  higher
annual  precipitation.

ROCKIES

    Very evident in Figure 10 is the rain shadow effect of the Rockies.
Air moving in from the  West is forced to rise over the Rockies, and
loses much of its moisture in the ascent; it descends exceedingly dry.
Hence  a  great  portion  of the  land  immediately  to  the  lee  of the
Rockies can support no  major vegetation other than  grass.   Other
orographic precipitation effects are seen in the various highlands of
the East.  For  example, in  northern Georgia,  in the  Catskill and
Adirondack Mountains of New York, and the  White Mountains  of
New Hampshire. The driest portion of the United States is the desert
Southwest—in  Nevada,  southeastern California,  and  southwestern
Arizona.  The extreme aridity is  due to the rain  shadow effects  of
the Rockies acting in combination with other dynamic factors.

WEST  COAST

    The precipitation profile of the West  Coast  of the United States
is interesting  in that the precipitation gradient  is reversed in com-
parison to those of  the  interior of the country  and the East Coast.
That is, precipitation is  least in the southern  portions and increases
to  the  north.   Two  controlling factors determine this  precipitation
regime. One is the  existence of a subtropical high-pressure system,
with its associated subsiding and stabilizing air flow,  situated off the
southern  California coast. This system affects the southern part  of
the coast to an extent, the effect diminishing to the north. The second
factor  is  the  ocean currents.   The California current  moves from
north to south, allowing  cooler water to be brought in, which further
inhibits precipitation over the area.  Furthermore,  because of the
rotation of the  earth, the  north-to-south-flowing current  is affected
by the coriolis force, which causes a net offshore transport of water.
This allows cold bottom  water to  upwell along the immediate coast-
line, lowering the temperature of the surface water and adding  to
the general stability of the air immediately above.
                  PRECIPITATION REGIONS

    Figure 11 indicates more adequately the seasonal distribution of
precipitation on  a month-to-month basis  over the  United States.
Certain portions  of  the  United States can be  characterized by  the
similarity of precipitation profiles.  Thus, the United States  could be
divided into some seven different areas that have similar precipitation
regimes.
Shulman                                                       55

-------
                                        lll'nll
                                       Jill
                        *,.;,»
 Figure 11 — Normal total precipitation by months for selected stations in the United States,

 CENTRAL UNITED STATES

     The first area, denoted as the central United States regime,  in-
 cludes  Iowa, Minnesota, Missouri, and Wisconsin.  This  region is
 characterized by  a single pronounced maximum of precipitation in
 the growing season (note the tendency in certain portions for a weak
 double summer maximum).  In fact,  80 percent of the  precipitation
 occurs  during the time  of vegetative growth,  when  precipitation is
 needed most. The summer  maximum of precipitation is due to  the
 depth of penetration of Gulf air  with its  associated moisture  and
 thunderstorm activity.  During the winter  the prevalent  cP air is
 dry, associated  with surface anticyclones, and tends  to  inhibit pre-
 cipitation.

 OHIO VALLEY

    The second precipitation regime is that of the Ohio Valley  and
 vicinity. In this area a single precipitation maximum is  still evident.
 In most cases it is equal to that of the central United States, the main
 difference  being that there  is more  abundant  precipitation in  the
 winter season. Thus, while the general outline of the curve  is similar
 to that for the central  United States, the  'tails' of the curve  are
 higher due to the resultant greater total precipitation.

 NORTHEAST

    The third distinct precipitation regime is found in the Northeast,
including New England and New York State. Note the uniformity of
the month-to-month precipitation.  This  abundant, well-distributed
                                     HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY
                                                        GPO 8O1—494—a

-------
precipitation is due, as we have seen, to the convergence of the storm
tracks over this portion of the country.  This area  may  be further
divided into the subregions. In one, along coastal New England, there
is a slight tendency for maximum precipitation in the winter, as in
Boston, Massachusetts, and Portland, Maine;  in the  interior and
southernmost sections, although uniformity is maintained,  there is a
tendency for a summer precipitation maximum.

SOUTHEASTERN

    Another general precipitation regime is the sub-tropical  type
located in the southeastern United States. This area is characterized
by large total amounts of precipitation, in some places from 50 to 60
inches, with  a pronounced summer maximum due to thunderstorms.
Florida has an unusually high  incidence of thunderstorms during the
summer because of a  double Seabreeze effect.   Since  Florida is  a
peninsula,  sea breezes are possible  on both its  Atlantic and  Gulf
coasts. When this double sea breeze effect is in operation, the air along
the surface converges  in the central  portion of the peninsula. When
this convergence occurs, there is no pluace for the air  to go but up. As
the air lifts, the vast amount of moisture available and the general high
temperatures allow the formation of frequent heavy thunderstorms,
resulting in the abundant summer precipitation.

TENNESSEE

    Another rather distinct precipitation  regime is the  Tennessee
precipitation type, which shows  a  pronounced winter  precipitation
maximum  but also abundant precipitation during the summer. The
high winter precipitation is probably due to local topographic effects
and the relative closeness to the main storm tracks.   Also the greater
distance from the  Gulf decreases the summer thunderstorms.

PACIFIC COASTAL

    Turning to the far West, we have the Pacific coastal precipitation
regime which is characterized  by a strong winter maximum of pre-
cipitation and,  perhaps more noteworthy, by the migratory nature of
the time of  maximum.  In northern -British Columbia  and coastal
Alaska, the wettest month of the year occurs in late  October and
November.  As one  proceeds south  along the coast,  there is a  pro-
gression in the time of the precipitation maximum.  In  the southern
British Columbia and Washington area the precipitation maximum is
in December.  Southward,  in  Oregon  and northern  California,  the
time of maximum precipitation is in  January. In San Francisco, Los
Angeles, and San  Diego the maximum is further delayed, occurring
from January through the end  of February.  The controlling factor is
the migratory nature of the subtropical high-pressure system located
off the coastal part of southwestern United States.   In  response  to
the seasons this high-pressure system migrates north and south, with
its resultant  effect on the precipitation pattern of the area.
Shulman                                                       57

-------
ROCKY  MT. AREA
    The  last general  precipitation regime is in the Rocky Mountain
area.  This region is  a  transitional zone  between  the  areas  of pro-
nounced  summer maximum precipitation in the plains and the central
United States and the noteworthy winter maximum along the West
Coast.  There is a general uniformity although not  a great abundance
of precipitation.  In the southern part of the  mountain regime,  in
Arizona,  for example, there is  a double precipitation maximum; a
weak summer maximum associated with thunderstorms and air mov-
ing in  from the Gulf of Mexico and  a winter maximum  associated
with Pacific air  and the  movement  of  cyclonic  storms across the
region.

             TEMPERATURE-HUMIDITY INDEX

     Temperature  and  precipitation  are directly measureable cli-
matic elements and are important determinants of human activities.
The temperature-humidity index or THI is a compound climatic vari-
able, calculated from air temperature and moisture, and is  directly
associated with human  comfort.

    Values  of the THI may be calculated with any one of the follow-
ing linear equations;  the choice of equation  depends on the ease  of
its application to available data. The  equations are,
         1)  THI = 0.4  (TD + Tw) +15
         2)  THI = 0.55 TD + 0.2 TDP -f  17.5
         3)  THI = TD — (0.55 — 0.55RH) x (TD —58)
where  the dew point temperature (TDP)  is in degrees  fahrenheit,  as
are the dry bulb (TD)  and wet bulb  (Tw) temperatures.  RH is the
relative humidity in percent.  Nomograms have been devised to sim-
plify the calculation  of THI data.

    According to the developers of this index, when the  THI reaches
70,  10% of the population will be uncomfortable;  when  the index
passes  75, more  than  half will be uncomfortable; when it reaches 80,
just about everyone  will  be uncomfortable.  Figure  12 shows the
distribution of the THI  over the United States for the month of July
and indicates areas of  relative  maximum, moderate, and minimum
discomfort.  The THI values are  calculated from monthly  mean values
of temperature and humidity recorded at 12 noon, local time.

    Regions of maximum  discomfort  occur in the south-central and
south-eastern part  of the United States;  in the area to the south  of
the 80 isoline a combination of high  temperature and humidity are
the cause. Another area of maximum discomfort exists in  the desert
southwest, centered in southern  Arizona.  Here it is not the humidity,
as the popular expression would have it,  but  the heat,  at the time of
observation, that causes the discomfort.

    Much of the country  lies between the 70 and 80  isolines, indi-
cating  moderate discomfort, with increasingly better conditions  to
58                                  HUMAN  BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
           Figure 12 — Distribution of THI in the United States during July.

 the north.  Areas of "comfort" include the extreme northern portion
 of the United States, including a goodly portion of the higher eleva-
 tions of the northern Rockies, much of the State of Washington, and
 the western half of Oregon. Not to be neglected, in all fairness, is
 the extreme coastal region of southwestern California. The 'comfort'
 of this last area may be due to the relative coolness of the offshore
 waters in  association with the dynamic factors discussed earlier.
                          CONCLUSION

     In concluding this discussion, I would like to reiterate my objec-
 tives.  One was to  discuss  the  main  controlling factors of climate
 influencing North America, the United States in  particular. These
 factors working  together produce certain  distinct climatic "types"
 that have no specific  counterparts anywhere  else in the world.  The
 distribution of temperature and  precipitation, often considered as the
 most important of the many climatic parameters, were evaluated in
 detail.  The THI, a  compound climatic element expressing the inte-
 grated  effects of  temperature and humidity of human comfort, was
 discussed. Its  distribution over  the United States for the month of
 July was  presented and briefly analyzed.  It is hoped that this presen-
 tation of the distribution and general pattern of these elements helps
 give a general picture of the climate of the United States.
                    SUGGESTED  READING

Bryson, R.  A., and Lowry, W. P.  Synoptic  Climatology of the Arizona
    Summer Precipitation Singularity.  Bulletin of the American Meteoro-
    logical Society. Vol. 36, No. 7, Sept. 1955.
Shulman
59

-------
 Climate and Man, Yearbook of Agriculture, United  States Department of
     Agriculture. 1941.
 Horn, L. H., and Bryson, R. A.  Harmonic Analysis of the Annual March of
     Precipitation  over the United States, Annals of the Association of
     American  Geographers, Vol. 50, No. 2. June 1960.
 Landsberg, H.  Physical  Climatology, Gray  Printing Co., Dubois, Penn.
     1962.
 Thorn, E. C. The Discomfort Index, Weatherwise, Vol. 12, No. 2, April.
     1959.
 Trewartha, G.  T.  The Earth's  Problem Climates,  The University of Wis-
     consin Press, Madison. 1961.
 United States  Weather  Bureau Publication,  (map   back), Temperature
     Humidity Index. Revised Aug. 1960.
60
                                      HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
                  MICROCLIMATOLOGY

                                     Professor A. Vaughn Havens
                            Chairman, Department of Meteorology
                                    Rutgers, The State University
                              New Brunswick, New Jersey 08903
SUMMARY
    This discussion of microclimatology is concerned with the bound-
ary layer of air where the earth's surface energy exchange is effective.
In this area, which may vary in height from a jew hundred feet to
several thousand feet, the relationships of pressure gradient, coriolis
effect of the earth's rotation, and wind speed and direction as expressed
in classical principles do not apply. The microclimate is modified by
various activities of man (e.g., crop-protection techniques of heating
and  windbreaks,  construction of  structures,  and  the  build-up  of
urban areas)  and by topography, including all variations  in altitude
and slope, however slight.  Figures  are given that illustrate the inver-
sion temperature phenomenon, important in any study of air pollution.

                       INTRODUCTION

    We have  heard a great  deal in recent  years about efforts  to
modify the weather and climate. This subject has been abused in the
press and in other  writings perhaps more than any other topic in the
field of meteorology. To be sure, some very interesting and very good
legitimate research is being done in cloud physics and in other topics
related to man's efforts to modify  weather and climate. But we are
certainly  a long way  from being able to influence  or  control  the
weather on a  large scale.  What is often  overlooked is that we can
and  we do, practically every  day of  our lives,  modify the micro-
climate, the small-scale atmospheric environment in which we live
and work. I shall  mention just three examples.

EXAMPLES  OF MODIFICATION

    Probably  of greatest importance to agriculture are the efforts to
prevent frost  damage to crops, an ideal  example of modification of
the microclimate.  The entire purpose of  all types of frost-protective
equipment or techniques,—whether they are orchard heaters, or wind
machines  or the flooding of a cranberry bog—is to modify the imme-
diate atmospheric  environment of the  crop so as to prevent serious
frost  injury.

    Farmers  modify  the microclimate in another way by erecting
windbreaks. In contrast to the various methods of protecting a  crop
from frost, a windbreak has just the  opposite  effect. To prevent frost
we often try to create wind—we stir up the lower layers of the atmos-
phere. When  we  erect a  windbreak  we do  just  the opposite—we
reduce air movement. This creates a  somewhat more excessive micro-
Havens                                                        61

-------
climate,  but it  also alleviates some of the  unfavorable aspects of
strong winds, particularly when accompanied by low humidity.

    Whenever we erect a building of any kind, we modify the micro-
climate in the immediate vicinity. All of you are very familiar with
the effects of a building on the immediate microclimatic environment.
I have lilacs planted on both the north and the south sides of  my
house; this difference of exposure causes a difference of as much as
2 weeks  in the date of blossoming of these lilacs.

    One of the best experts on the effects of building and landscaping
on the microclimate that I have observed was a pet cat. In the winter
this cat  invariably sought out a place that  was protected from  the
wind  and fully exposed to the sun; she seemed perfectly  comfortable
in temperatures well below freezing.  In the summer the  cat found
the breeziest spots around the house, or stayed underneath the shrub-
bery,  where the soil was moist and temperatures much cooler than in
the open. Wild life of all sorts instinctively construct nests or shelters
to alter the immediate microclimatic environment in a manner that
is beneficial.
          APPROACHES  TO MICROCLIMATOLOGY

    We can distinguish two different but closely related  approaches
to microclimatology. At Rutgers University, because of our affiliation
with agricultural research, we are interested in what might be called
the vertical viewpoint of microclimatology, closely aligned with the
approach  discussed by Dr. Geiger in his book "The Climate Near the
Ground."  Certainly the climate very near to the soil surface or  near
to the vegetative surface is quite different from that which we meas-
ure in a standard instrument shelter at a height of 5 or 6 feet above
the ground.

    If we are concerned with human microclimatology, the  standard
instrument shelter is  quite  useful  for indicating the climate  as it
affects humans. This has been  referred to as  the  horizontal  view of
microclimatology because in using these measurements  made  at a
height of  5 or 6 feet above  the  ground, we record sizable differences
in climate at nearby locations.  Many other aspects of local exposure
conditions influence the microclimate. Topography  is the most obvious
one. As Dr. Dill has indicated, there  are tremendous  atmospheric
variations with altitude.  But on a much smaller scale than the great
heights that Dr. Dill discussed, the slope of the ground, the exposure
with regard to surrounding  buildings and  trees—all exert a definite
influence  on the microclimate.
                      BOUNDARY LAYER

    In this discussion of microclimatology we are dealing exclusively
with the boundary layer of the atmosphere. I shall not attempt to
put strict limitations on this boundary layer. Under certain circum-
62                                   HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
stances  it may extend upward  several thousand feet. Under other
circumstances the boundary layer, the layer in which the friction of
the earth's surface influences the atmosphere significantly,  may be
limited to a few hundred feet. Whenever we talk about microclimatol-
ogy, we are talking about this boundary layer in which the flow of
the atmosphere is turbulent  and in which  nonadiabatic heating and
cooling  processes take place. These are points at which microclima-
tology departs from classical meteorology.

    In classical meteorology, particularly when we deal with the free
atmosphere above the boundary layer, we think of air flow  as being
almost entirely horizontal, and to a large extent this  is true. We can
mathematically describe the relationship between pressure gradient,
the Coriolis effect of the earth's rotation, and wind speed and direc-
tion.  The weather analyst and weather forecaster use these principles
continually.  In the boundary  layer when we  deal  with turbulent
flow near the earth's surface, these relationships become much more
complex. Anyone who attempts to predict surface wind mathemat-
ically on the basis of the various forces involved is  bound for frus-
tration.  Also in analyzing the stability of the atmosphere, the mete-
orologist deals with processes that are assumed to be essentially adia-
batic, meaning that no heat is  gained or  lost from the surroundings.
To a great  extent the free atmosphere does fit this description. It
is nearly adiabatic, and so we can use adiabatic principles in analyz-
ing the  stability of the atmosphere above the  boundary layer. In
dealing "with the boundary layer, particularly the layer immediately
adjacent to the ground in which heat is exchanged between the earth's
surface  and the atmosphere, nonadiabatic processes make  all the
difference.  Our  classical  meteorological  principles  simply  do not
apply to this layer of the atmosphere.

    Microclimates  deviate most strongly  from our standard climates
during  periods of fair weather with very little  wind. Strong winds,
which bring about a great deal of vertical mixing in the lower layers
of the  atmosphere, are  quite effective in  destroying microclimates.
Weather reports during a period of  stormy weather with extensive
cloudiness and strong winds, indicate that temperatures over a large
area are uniform. Changes from daytime to nighttime are very slight.
The boundary layer of the atmosphere under these circumstances is
greatly   disturbed, mixing is   good,  and  conditions  are  uniform.
For  all  practical  purposes microclimate  is  virtually  eliminated
under   these  conditions.  In  periods  of  clear skies  with  rela-
tively light winds, microclimate is greatly exaggerated.  At Rutgers
University we are only 30 miles from New  York City, and so we are
keenly  aware of the tremendous differences  that can exist  between
the city and the suburbs. Minimum temperatures at  the Agricultural
Experiment Station in New Brunswick are often 20 degrees lower
than those recorded in Central Park in New York City.  And Central
Park is much more exposed than some of the heavily built  up areas
in the city.  In contrast, during periods of strong winds and cloudy
skies the temperatures in New  Brunswick  and  New  York City  may
differ only 1 or 2 degrees.
Havens                                                        63

-------
                      SOLAR RADIATION

    Dr. Geiger  introduced the concept  of  active  surface.  Though
somewhat of an oversimplification, it is a useful concept.  Geiger de-
scribed the active surface  as the primary receiver of solar radiation
and  the  primary  emitter  of  terrestrial  infrared  radiation.   Geiger
conceives of this as the surface at which our radiative exchange takes
place.  I call it an oversimplification because we know that in forests
or in other types of complex natural vegetation or crops one surface
is not the primary receiver of solar radiation or emitter of terrestrial
radiation. Many different surfaces are involved and the whole subject
of radiative exchange at the earth's surface is very greatly influenced
by the complex surfaces that exist.
    In regard to human bioclimatology man has been modifying the
active  surfaces that influence  our microclimate for a long time,  and
I'm afraid is doing so at an increasingly accelerated rate.  An extreme
example of this occurs when a park or woods or other natural surface
is replaced by a flat black-top parking lot; the  temperatures  and the
other aspects of the microclimate in that location are greatly altered.
City planners should  consider these matters thoroughly.  One recent
state-wide conference  on city and regional planning lasted for 5 days
and was attended by experts from all over the state.  Yet not a single
word was  mentioned  about climate  or about air  pollution.   Micro-
climate and man's influence on  it were completely ignored.

                  ATMOSPHERIC  STABILITY

    Meteorologists work with charts called  pseudoadiabatic charts
for analyzing the stability of the atmosphere.  Lines on the chart
represent the  adiabatic rate of temperature change with altitude. If
we force a layer of the atmosphere to  rise, it will cool according to
this adiabatic  rate as long as it is the free atmosphere away from in-
fluences of the earth's surface. Similarly, if we force a  layer of the
atmosphere to subside  or sink, it will warm according to the adiabatic
rate  of the temperature change,  which is about 5.4°F per thousand
feet. If the actual temperature lapse rate exceeds 5.4°F per thousand
feet, the atmosphere will be unstable.  Since  any slight vertical dis-
placement is capable of releasing this instability, it is extremely rare
to measure  in the  free atmosphere a lapse  rate greater than 5.4°F
per thousand feet.  When it occasionally  happens,  it does not persist
because the instability very  soon results  in convection  and  vertical
mixing, which realign the  temperature distribution to a more stable
condition. In the boundary layer of the atmosphere, however, where
nonadiabatic heating  takes place when the surface  of the earth is
being strongly heated by the sun, the temperature  lapse rate often
far exceeds our theoretical adiabatic rate of temperature change. If
we were to plot the distribution of temperature from the surface of
the earth upward, we would find  an  extremely  rapid decrease of
temperature upward (assuming  clear skies and strong heating of the
earth's surface by the  sun) and then an alignment that more or less
parallels the adiabatic rate once  we get  150 to 200 feet  above the
64                                  HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
earth's surface. Theoretically we cannot have a lapse rate of this kind
for more than a brief instant because the atmosphere undergoes con-
vection and realigns itself according to a more stable temperature dis-
tribution. Actually, we can measure a lapse rate of this kind in the
lower few feet of the  atmosphere on any bright sunny day with light
kinds;  heat is  being  added to the surface layer of the atmosphere
more rapidly than it can be distributed by convection.


                          RADIATION

    All the time that the earth is receiving solar insolation during
the daytime, it likewise is radiating some of this heat back into the
atmosphere and into space in the form of infrared radiation. As long
as our  radiation balance at the earth's surface is positive, this type of
temperature distribution  will prevail, with the surface  layer of the
air being strongly  heated. When the sun goes down, our radiation
balance changes  signs. We have a  negative radiation  balance,  and
the earth's surface cools  rapidly.  The  earth is still  radiating its
heat outward in the form of infrared  radiation,  but now nothing
is coming  in.  The  temperature distribution undergoes  a drastic
change,  and  temperature  actually  increases  as  we   go  upward
through  the  boundary layer under  these  circumstances. This is an
inversion of temperature, a reversal of the normal distribution. This
condition, so important in air pollution, is not nearly so  rare as some
people believe. At the  Brookhaven National Laboratory on Long
Island  the  study  of micrometeorology in relationship  to diffusion of
the atmosphere has been in  progress for many years.  Records of
hourly temperature observations, 24 hours a day, 365  days  a year,
indicate that an inversion is  present 44 percent of the time.  Brook-
haven  has level topography.  In areas with steep slopes and sheltered
valleys, an inversion  may be more common than the usual decrease
of temperature upward.  Later we shall see an extreme  example, in
which  the persistence of a temperature inversion causes  an inversion
of the  vertical stratification of vegetation on the slopes.


                       ILLUSTRATIONS

    Figure 1 is a plot of the mean  daily temperature range against
wind speed. This figure shows a very clear relationship between wind
speed and  the  daily variation of temperature, again illustrating the
fact that strong winds tend to thoroughly mix the boundary layer of
the atmosphere and smooth out temperature differences not only from
day to  night but from place to place. With light winds  this effect of
the active surface in heating the lower layers of the atmosphere in the
daytime and cooling it at night has a much greater influence.

    Figure  2,  taken  from Geiger's  book  "The  Climate  Near the
Ground," is an attempt to illustrate the effect not only of buildings
but also of dense forests in preventing the drainage of cold air down
slope in areas of hilly terrain.  These two examples illustrate effects
of the natural and man-made environments on the microclimate.
Havens                                                        65

-------
          10
                         2.6
                                     3.0
                                                  3.4
                 MEAN DAILY TEMPERATURE VARIATION,  °C
Figure 1 	 Relationship between mean diurnal temperature range and mean wind speed on
                         clear days. (After Geiger)
 Figure 2 — Frost pockets created by natural and man-made barriers to cold air drainage.
                               (After Geiger)

     Figure 3 is another illustration along  the same line  but includes
 isolines of minimum temperature showing the increase of temperature
 with height, the typical nocturnal temperature inversion.  In terrain
 of this kind farmers have long been aware of this effect, and it  is a
 well-established agricultural principle that orchards and other crops
 66
HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
that would  be sensitive to frost injury or to low temperatures are
never planted in the bottom of a valley but on the slopes, so that cold
air can drain  off.  Temperatures usually do not go nearly  as low on
the slopes as they do in the valley bottom because of this  effect.
  i-
  i
     120
     no
     100
                                                  STREAM
Figure 3 •— Isotherms of minimum temperature showing characteristic nocturnal temperature
                     inversion in valley. (After Geiger)

    Figure 4 shows the alpine limestone cavity that I mentioned
earlier. Here we see —5°F  near the ridge and •—49°F at the base of
the limestone cavity. This is actually a timberline in reverse, where
the vegetation at  the bottom of the cavity is  almost like tundra—
herbs and grasses—and  only as we go up slope where temperatures
are warmer do  we  find  trees.

    Figure 5 shows a cross section  of the Monongahela River at
Donora. As you  probably know, an  extensive  microclimatological
survey  of  the Monongahela  Valley at  Donora was made  after the
Donora air pollution disaster. This is the average temperature distri-
bution on calm days having relatively little  smoke or pollution.  You
see a temperature decrease as we go upward in  the  valley. Under
these circumstances convection and vertical mixing  of the air would
minimize air pollution problems.

    Figure 6 shows the temperature distribution in the Monongahela
Valley on a calm night with a very pronounced inversion.  Tempera-
tures increased about 6 degrees or more from the base of  the valley
up to the ridges on  either side. Under  such  circumstances  stagnation
of the air in the valley is to be expected and eventually can lead to
very serious difficulties.

    Figure 7 illustrates the physical processes that result in drainage
of cold air into low places in the terrain. Once a sink of cold air in a
valley or in a pocket in the terrain is established,  the temperature is
eventually reduced to the dew point so that fog forms.  Then the solar
radiation, which we normally would count on to  "burn off" our in-
version and create convection and mixing the following day, is simply
reflected off the top of the fog layer and so the inversion can remain
Havens
                                                                67

-------
 throughout the  day.  At night  (Figure  8) the  fog layer  acts as a
 radiative surface and we have further cooling due to the loss of heat
 by long-wave infrared radiation from the fog layer.  Once this sort of
 thing is established, whether in the Monongahela Valley  or in the
 vicinity of London,  about the only correction for the  situation is a
 major change in the weather, a  system moving in with strong  winds
 to clear up the problem.
                       150 m ••	  492 ft
                                                             -2°F
                                                 ~39°  PASS LEADING TO
                                               -47°    LECHNERGRABEN
               -47
                                            -49°
                       -49°   _49°F
               CROSS-SECTION THROUGH THE GSTETTNERALM DOLINE

   THE VERTICAL SCALE IS SOMEWHAT EXAGGERATED IN RELATION TO HORIZONTAL
                                DIMENSIONS.

Figure 4 —  Pronounced nocturnal inversion due to cold air drainage  into  Gstettneralm
dolme.  Vertical d.stnbution of vegetation is also inverted due to frequency, intensity, and
                duration of temperature inversion.  (After Geiger)
68
                                       HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
         O TESTING SUTO*
                                                               •1100


                                                                1000


                                                                wo


                                                                BOO


                                                                700
                                                         MEAN SEA
                                                         LEVEL
                                                         ELEVATION, ft
 Figure 5 — Average temperature distribution  across  Monongahela Valley at Donora,  Pa.,
                                  on calm  days.
  O TESTING STATION
      TOO

MEAN SEA
LEVEL
ELEVATION,ft
Figure  6  — Average temperature inversion in Monongahela  Valley at Donora,  Pa., on
                                 radiation nights.
Havens
                                                                             69

-------
                                        AIR
Figure  7 — Diagram of  manner  in  which  radiatively  cooled  air  descends  into valley.
                                                                            TtMttNATURE
                                                                            HEIGHT CUM
 Figure 8 —  Role of fog  in  maintaining  atmospheric  stability  and stagnation in valley.
 70
                                                 HUMAN  BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
                         DISCUSSION

    Question: What is the lowest inversion level that you could have
under some of these conditions?
    Answer: Usually the inversion begins to form right around sun-
down, or in winter perhaps  even a little earlier.  It develops upward
as the night progresses.  I think by sunrise with a clear sky and a
light wind the inversion usually will extend upward a  minimum of
several hundred feet, sometimes as much as a couple of thousand feet.
    Question:  The reason I asked is that I've seen, particularly at
sunset, levels  20  or 30 feet above  the ground  where the  smoke
levels off.

    Answer:  Right. At  sunset or shortly after it is common for the
inversion to extend upward only a few feet or maybe 50 feet or so.
Above this you still have the normal decrease of temperature upward.
If you observe smoke plumes and other indications,  you can quite
often see these effects. Under conditions of strong surface heating by
the sun,  this decrease in temperature upward  sometimes becomes so
extreme that peculiar refractions of light take place. The appearance
of water on the road in summer is one  such  effect. And the fabled
appearance of a mirage in  the desert  is another effect of  this ex-
tremely sharp decrease in temperature upward immediately above the
earth's surface, which is being strongly heated by the sun.

    Question:  You mentioned this meeting of city  planners.  If you
had your micrometeorological druthers,  what  would you advise the
city planners on where  to  build  their cities  or their developments
within cities?

    Answer:  This isn't an easy task, but certainly some attention to
the microclimate in  planning is far better than simply  ignoring the
problem.  We should consider both the microclimate of the immediate
vicinity in relationship to terrain and also the large-scale aspects of
the microclimate.  Certainly to put the stockyards upwind from the
residential section, as has happened in  certain cities in  this country,
is not very good planning. We know a lot about the prevailing winds
in various parts of the country.  The Weather Bureau has enormous
amounts of climatological data at the National Weather Records Cen-
ter at Asheville. Summaries of these data are  available,  and planners
could have ready  access to this material. We know  less about the
microclimate in and  around many of our large cities and other urban
and  suburban areas.  But  even without  measurements,   qualified
meteorologists should be able to give qualitative estimates of micro-
climatic  effects on the basis of terrain  and other features.  With a
little bit of effort  some data could be collected to put some of these
estimates on a quantitative, rather than a strictly qualitative  basis.

      SELECTED  REFERENCES  ON MICROCLIMATOLOGY

 1. Brooks, F. A. An Introduction to Physical Microclimatology.  Univer-
   sity of California,  Davis.
Havens                                                        71

-------
  2.  Franklin, T. Bedford. Climates in Miniature. Philosophical Library,
     New York.  1955.
  3.  Gates, David M. Energy Exchange in the Biosphere. Harper and Row,
     New York.  1962.
  4.  Geiger, R.  The Climate  Near the Ground.  Harvard University Press,
     Cambridge. 1965.
  5.  Pacquill, F. Atmospheric Diffusion.  D. Van Nostrand Company, Ltd.,
     London. 1962.
  6.  Priestley, C. H. B.  Turbulent Transfer in the Lower Atmosphere. Uni-
     versity of Chicago Press. 1959.
  7.  Sutton, O. G. Micrometeorology. McGraw-Hill, New York.  1953.
  8.  Meteorological  and Geoastrophysical Abstracts. American Meteorolog-
     ical Society, Boston.
         Vol. Ill, No. 7, Bibliography on Urban Climatology.  1952.
         Vol. IV, No. 8.  Radiation Bioclimatology.  1953.
         Vol. VII, No. 2. Climate of Enclosed Spaces.  1956.
         Vol. VIII, No.  11. Medical Meteorology. 1957.
72                                     HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
   THE NATIONAL  WEATHER  RECORDS  CENTER

                                          Dr Harold L. Crutcher
                                National Weather Records Center
                                                Federal Building
                                  Asheville,  North Carolina 28801


SUMMARY

    The National Weather Records Center  (NWRC)  provides cen-
tral storage of weather data in punched card or microfilm form at
Asheville,  North Carolina,  (the  equivalent of about  450  million
punched cards processed as  card decks) and includes data from the
Meteorological Rocket  Network and from the  first atomic-powered
automatic weather station at Sherwood  Head,  Canada.  Available to
anyone  at  the cost of reproduction (microfilm, photocopy, Xerox,
microprint, etc.)  are data in the form of hourly, daily, and monthly
summaries giving information on solar radiation, winds aloft, radio-
sonde significant  levels, and absolute humidity.
                       INTRODUCTION

    During World War II years it became apparent to all those who
were  dealing  with climatology or meteorological research that a
central  locale  for the  storage of weather data really  was needed.
In those days if a man wanted some weather data for his research,
he wrote to  the meteorologist in charge of a weather station; if the
records  were there, the meteorologist in charge might or might not
send them out.  As research goes on, records sometimes become mis-
placed and are not returned. At Washington National Airport, 3 months
of records  are missing from the permanent files.  The  data  were
needed to study a special storm  situation. These were never returned
and now are forever lost to our nation's records.

    During  the war years the New Orleans  group, which was then
called the New Orleans  Tabulation Unit, wrote to  all  the weather
stations to get data for wartime studies.  They encountered the same
problem. As a  result of that experience and  through the developing
meteorological  research  facilities of the  Weather  Bureau, the Air
Force, the Navy, and universities, it became  apparent that a central
locale was needed.  In  1948 officials started looking for a place, and
in 1951  the site in Asheville became available.
               ESTABLISHMENT OF CENTER

    The  General Services Administration  delegated  to  the  U. S.
Weather  Bureau  the  responsibility  to archive the weather reports
of the U. S. Weather Bureau, the Air Force, and the Navy, and any
Crutcher                                                      73

-------
other national weather records that  could be obtained.  With con-
siderable help from the Air Force and the Navy, both financial and
physical, the U. S. Weather Bureau established the National Weather
Records Center in Asheville in 1951 and  1952.

    The National  Weather Records Center (NWRC) is housed in a
Federal Building  formerly known as  the Grove Arcade. The NWRC
is within 24 hours reach from Washington by most modes of trans-
portation. It is within 24 hours  reach from the major cities of the
U. S. by plane.  Many of our  requests are from lawyers who need
weather records  or certified facsimiles for accident cases.   Usually
the records  are on the way to the requester  within an hour or two
after he calls. If the airlines are operating he usually has them within
24 hours.

    The Federal Building is located in downtown Asheville. It covers
half an average city block and averages four stories in height.  The
space totals about 225,000  square feet, of which about  165,000  is
usable.  The files  contain some 100,000 cubic feet of original  records
and  publications, several thousand reels  of magnetic tape,  and the
equivalent of about  450 million punched cards. The  millions of
punched cards are handled systematically by assigning deck numbers
to cards having like format and content.  Some 350 card decks are
now available for use in processing of data. Some decks have  become
obsolete and have been destroyed.  We also have foreign data cards.

                           CAPACITY

    The total card volume  at Asheville has been greater than it  is
now.  But right now storage  of the  cards requires  a  row of filing
cabinets one tier high and  almost 2  miles long.  If all the trays of
cards were laid end to end, they would extend 50 miles. Through
transfer and microfilm reduction, we  have reduced our  card holdings
in Asheville to  350 million cards. If we had not reduced our storage,
we would have almost 600 million cards, all occupying precious space.

    We receive copies of punch cards from the Meterological Rocket
Network. The handling  of the weather satellite photographs and of
radiation measurements is  under continual  development. We  also
receive magnetic  tapes from the satellite observations.

    The NWRC has operational responsibility for the Meteorological
and Nuclear Radiation data for World Data Center A, initiated under
the International  Geophysical  Year, and  has on file records from the
first atomic-powered  automatic weather station at Sherwood Head,
Northwest Territory, in Canada.

    New sensors  and recording methods will  continue to  appear.  As
they appear and give new types  of records, we will have  to develop
new types of storage and servicing. We  hope to keep pace with this
changing input of data and to provide support  to persons interested
in meteorological research.  Scientific  measurements do  not lose their
74                                  HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
value with age, as do  cancelled checks,  administrative forms, and
inter-office correspondence. No one can predict  when  any of these
records will  be much in demand. A speech at a convention may
spark a lot of  ideas.  These ideas develop in men's  minds and the
researchers begin to call for data.  We may have to go back 50 years
for data from  some locale, and face a sudden  demand for records
that have not been called for or used in decades.
                  RECORDING TECHNIQUES

    The NWRC now uses the FOSDIC machine—the Film Optical
Sensing Device for Input to Computers.  This is our best  hope  for
keeping ahead of our space problem.  Using two filmers,  we have
placed approximately 130 million punch cards on microfilm.  We
microfilm these cards with  the holes in them on 16-mm microfilm.
Each  100  feet of film contains 12,000 card images,  12 to the inch.
The microfilm reduction is better than on magnetic tape.  It  is also
much cheaper, because magnetic tape must be updated at least every
3 years because of the magnetic image transfer between layers of tape
wound on the reel.  So we  use the microfilm as a  positive type of
storage that  can  be easily duplicated by making copies.  Copies of
these  microfilm  records  are being stored in salt mines  and  other
places where they will be safe from catastrophe. Use of microfilm is
a  relatively  cheap way  of  storing  data.  I  say "relatively"  cheap
because all of these methods  are  expensive  since the magnitude of
data storage  is so great.

    The horizontal reduction of these cards is 24 to 1, and the vertical
reduction  is 44 to 1. That reduction permits  us to place an image of
that punch  card  in l/12th inch of space.  Four card trays—trays
about 2 feet  long and 8 inches wide, each containing 3,000 cards (a
total of 12,000 cards)—can be placed on one reel of 100 feet of micro-
film.  This film reduces to a  box 1 by 4 by 4  inches and weighs only
4  ounces.

    You may ask why we microfilm these cards, since it would be
difficult to read  them through a lens  system.  But  we do  not read
them  through a  lens system by eye; we  read them by means of a
cathode ray follower. We can recover the cards through this optical
reader,  the FOSDIC  reader.  The punch card  contains  80 columns
and 13 horizontal rows. The reader can search 10 columns at  a time
at a rate of 4,000 cards per  minute and select those  cards  that have
the pieces of weather information that you want to  use.  New cards
can be punched at  a maximum rate of 100 per minute.  Equipment
that will provide a faster recovery rate is under development through
a coordinated program with the Census Bureau, the Bureau of Stand-
ards, and the Weather Bureau. The reader will read 8,000 cards  per
minute, search 10  columns,  identify the columns, and check for  ac-
curacy of punches. It will do all of this at  8,000 card images a minute
and transfer 2,000 of these to magnetic tape, which then can be  trans-
ferred as a working medium into computers.
Crutcher                                                      75

-------
    We have many types of  cameras at the NWRC  to  reduce our
original documents to microfilm. We save all documents,  since every
piece of  government paper is government  property and becomes a
part of the archives of the records of the United States.  Before we can
destroy a weather record we must obtain Congressional approval,
and to do this we must show that we have not lost the  record. About
the only way we  can do it is to microfilm the records.  One of the
cameras  under development will photograph  a continuous flow of
forms once you've set the camera and the stages for the same type of
forms—for example, rain gauge charts or wind records. It will handle
these forms like a printing press  and run them onto  a table, place
them in position and automatically photograph them. The film used in
this camera is 70 mm wide and comes in 100-foot rolls. These can be
left in the roll or chopped into 3 by 5 negatives and  stored like micro-
cards, which then can be reproduced in negative form or positive form.

                   COMPUTING FACILITIES

    The  computing facilities of the NWRC are  headed by a Honey-
well 800,  a parallel processing machine that is module designed. As
the requirements  increase, the memory and capacity of this machine
can  be upgraded  by  adding more memory blocks  or  by  adding
peripheral equipment.  The system can process  eight jobs at a time.
The only restriction is that we can't use the central memory on more
than one job at the same time.  For example, we may have a large
scientific  job  that  requires many computations.   We can do  card
editing, tape editing, and punchout, and printing of other  jobs on the
side  while the central memory works  on the scientific job. As  soon
as it's through with one phase of the job, the central memory flips
over to another job.  At present we  only  have four  of these input
devices, but the system  can handle eight if we add  four more sets of
peripheral equipment.  Of course, all of these are supported by other
types of  electrical  accounting  machines, such  as  sorters, collators,
tabulators, reproducers, and the electronic calculator.


                     DATA DESCRIPTION

    I have tried to give you some ideas of the physical building and
the equipment in  the building.  Now I want to discuss  in more detail
some of  the  types of data that  are  available to  those engaged in
research.

    First  of all, the punch card can be considered only as working
media. These are not original records, although in some  cases these
constitute our only  holdings of data.   For example,  we may  have
received  cards from some foreign  government on an exchange  basis
or by trade, in dollars.   The German marine deck—about 7 million
cards—was purchased in 1952-54, when we initiated the Marine Atlas
program  for  the U.  S. Navy.  These, of course, constitute  our  only
holdings  of data of  that type because the  original manuscripts are
still held in the archives of the German Naval Weather Service.
76                                  HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
PHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGES

    Original manuscript forms or some reduction of these to photo-
graphic images constitutes our main source of data.  These are avail-
able to anyone at the cost of reproduction, which may be in the form
of microfilm,  photocopy, Xerox,  microprints,  microcards,  or other
type. For forms that use color, such as adiabatic charts for the upper
air data, microfilm techniques certainly do not do the job we would
like to do.  And the adiabatic charts contain so much information that
reduction by microfilm loses some of the detail.

PUNCHED CARDS

    The punched  cards  constitute our second  largest mode of  data
storage.  About 350 card decks have been documented and  a reference
manual prepared  for each one.   The  reference  manual  lists every
column in the card and describes the codes used to place data in those
columns. Wherever possible we try to give further information about
the data.  For example, in the coding  of inversions we try to draw
diagrams for  people who will use the data.  Since  the reference
manuals sometimes  omit needed information, we must often revise
or supplement the reference  manual.

    Each project requires considerable time and care to develop  a
reference manual.

    Many  people want to buy cards for use with a computer in their
own organization or  one  available by contract with a service organi-
zation.  But about half of the people who purchase cards  for their
own processing run  into  difficulties with the coding. These X over-
punches  can mean many, many things.

    Not  everyone  who prepares cards for weather data will handle
certain peculiar problems  in  the  same way—problems such as  the
indication of minus temperatures  or of wind speeds higher  than  100
knots. Also, the presence of a space for a weather element on a card
does not guarantee that the element will have been observed and re-
corded at a specific station at  a specific time.  The reference manual
cannot tell you whether  the  data are there,  only that the  card  has
space for such an observation if  it was made and recorded.  Then
too, since changes in operating procedure entail changes in coding
procedure,  such changes must be  carefully watched  for  in pro-
gramming  for the  punched cards.

    Let me give you an example of the programming complexities
caused by changes  in the operation of weather stations. The example
concerns the reporting of upper-air data. At different times in recent
years wind speeds  have been reported in meters per  second,  in knots,
and in miles per hour. Wind directions have been reported at 8, 16,
and 32 points of the compass and are now reported in degrees. These
changes in reporting procedures  were made on  different dates. In
researching upper-wind data through the years, therefore, you must
be aware of the modes of reporting so that you can perform any con-
Crutcher                                                       77

-------
versions required to produce data  in uniform or comparable units.
We know that operating procedures are determined by meteorologists
for their professional purposes; considerations  of  data-keeping are
secondary.  Our job, then, is to  adjust to the changes and to keep the
cards and programs current.


                         CONCLUSION

    It would  be difficult to describe to you the many and  diverse
kinds of weather records that are available.  We  have decks that
provide daily summaries, monthly summaries, hourly records of solar
radiation, winds aloft data, and, for those who are interested in  air
pollution, a deck of radiosonde significant levels that  gives informa-
tion on inversions.  For biometeorologists the  records of  absolute
humidity  (mass per volume)  are  of interest because the lung is a
volumetric machine.  Data  on  absolute humidity have been used in
polio investigations. These can  be backed up by data on other humidi-
ties:  relative humidity,  specific humidity, and mixing ratio.

     All of these and many  other potential sources of information are
available to you. I hope  I have given you some idea of the magnitude
of  the operation  at Asheville and of what the National Weather
Records Center offers to aid in your research.
                          DISCUSSION

     Question:  How do you indicate the  geographical area to which
 the data apply?

     Answer:  We use the international  block system.  It is  a grid
 system on the map that  has  been arbitrarily fixed by  national and
 international  boundaries.  For  marine data, the  10-degree  squares
 called Marsden squares are broken down further into sub-squares
 of 5 degrees, and then down  to 2 degrees and  1 degree, and further
 on down to tenths of degrees in some cases  for the ocean  areas. For
 continental areas we use an initial block number.

     Question:  And these are your own maps, not the U.S.G.S. maps
 for the transverse Mercator projection?

     Answer:  These maps  are developed and agreed  upon  by the
 international  World Meteorological Organization.

     Question:  How does one obtain the  reference manual that tells
 of your  card formats and the changes?

     Answer:  Well, first you must know  what reference manual you
 want. We don't  send these out to everybody. We use them more as
 an inshop work manual.  Many people and organizations do buy data
 in cards, and  when they buy  them we send  a reference manual. We
 have 350 active  decks now, and  that means 350 reference manuals.
 If you want to know what's in the cards  and you know that  a refer-
 78                                  HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
ence manual is available, then we would send that to you for study
along with a sample card. We have had people ask us for a copy of
every card and reference manual made.  We asked them if they would
pay the shipping costs; when it turns out to be $100.00, they say, "No,
thank you."

    Question: We have a little bit of difficulty in finding the Asheville
code number for meteorology stations.  Is there a list  of these code
numbers available?

    Answer: Yes.  There is a code manual for that.  This manual is
kept current with the assignment of new stations and with the  assign-
ment of new code numbers.  This code manual is not exactly  a pub-
lication.  It is a work listing which is kept up to date at the National
Weather Records Center.  Relatively few copies of  this listing  are
available  outside of Asheville.  The reasons for this are that there
are frequent additions of stations to the listing, and that these num-
bers are peculiar to the  processing operations  at Asheville—they are
not used in any other sense in the meteorological circle.  This is not
the international index number assigned and coordinated by  the
World  Meteorological  Organization.  This is purely a work number,
and therefore it is a work manual. We discourage requests for copies
of this manual.  Whenever we send a listing  of data run from  our
card decks, if there is no literal identification of the station by name
on  each page of the listing, the station  is identified by its number.
We send a flysheet that  translates the number to the name of a sta-
tion, so that the stations are identified.  When you purchase copies
of cards, however, we  send some descriptive material so that you can
identify the particular number of a particular station.
Crutcher                                                        79

-------
   SOME EFFECTS  OF WEATHER  ON  MORTALITY
                                      Mr.  Paul H. Kutschenreuter
                     Environmental Science Services Administration
                                              Rockville, Md., 20852
 SUMMARY
     Temperature  is the  most significant meteorological  parameter
 in the study of mortality and weather.  Studies  have shown (1) a
 general inverse seasonal relationship between temperature and death,
 (2)  an identifiable seasonal response in all age  groups except age
 group 1 to 25; (3)  significant correlations between  total monthly mor-
 tality and average temperatures for winter and summer months, but
 not  spring  and fall; and (4) significant correlation in  data  from
 studies using  "heat-death-line"   and  those  using  "temperature-
 humidity-index" criteria. A study  of 17 periods from 10 summers of
 record in New York revealed a significant increase in mortality fol-
 lowing a hot spell and/or severe fluctuations in weather.
                        INTRODUCTION

     The material presented here is based on graduate work(4) done
 at Rutgers University in 1959.  The initial study included 9% years
 of statistical data on New York City mortality by age groups.  These
 data were recorded on a daily basis by the  Department  of Health,
 City of New York, for the date on which the death actually occurred,
 beginning in June 1949.  This symposium has provided the incentive
 to obtain subsequent data for comparison with the various regression
 analyses determined  from the developmental data.
                   WEEKDAY VARIATIONS

    The data were  examined  initially to determine  whether there
were  any significant weekday  variations that should be taken into
account  before  making  correlations with  meteorological  statistics.
Table  1  presents the  average  weekday mortalities by age groups.
These  are nearly identical except for the Sunday minimum of 219.1
and the  Monday maximum of 227.4.  Since meteorological studies
have not yielded any statistically  significant 7-day  periodicities,  it
was concluded that the Sunday mortality minimum and the Monday
mortality maximum  were  attributable  to  sociological  rather  than
meteorological factors. Further, neither the maximum nor the mini-
mum was significant at the 5 percent level selected as a measure for
statistical significance. For the purposes of this study  no  weekday
corrections were required.
Kutschenreuter                                                 81

-------
            Table 1.  AVERAGE DAILY  MORTALITY
Age group
1
1-4
5-14
15-24
25-44
45-64
65-over
Total
Sun.
10.8
1.6
1.3
2.3
16.2
72.9
114.1
219.1
Mon.
11.0
1.8
1.4
2.3
16.7
77.6
116.6
227.4
Tues.
11.1
1.8
1.4
2.1
16.5
73.8
115.1
221.8
Wed.
10.9
1.6
1.4
2.3
16.2
74.0
114.5
220.9
Thurs.
11.5
1.7
1.5
2.3
16.4
73.8
114.7
221.8
Fri.
10.9
1.8
1.4
2.3
16.4
73.7
114.7
221.1
Sat.
11.2
1.8
1.4
2.5
16.8
74.1
113.3
221.0
                 SEASONAL RELATIONSHIPS

    Gordon and Ehrhardt(2) indicated the general inverse seasonal
relationship of temperature and death, illustrated in Figure 1.  For
comparative purposes  I have also  included  in  Figure 1 the annual
total mortality and annual normal temperature curves for Los Angeles
and Cincinnati. Tromp(6) has shown the same seasonal relationship
in curves for  mortality from angina pectoris,  coronary thrombosis,
and other arteriosclerotic heart diseases and from chronic endocarditis
among males  in the Netherlands in  the years  1953-1958,  inclusive.

    The  annual mortality curves for each of the age groups are given
in Figure 2.   These  curves may be  divided into  two separate  and
distinct categories: those  that exhibit a pronounced seasonal trend
and those that exhibit  no  readily identifiable seasonal response. This
seasonal  response is evident in the infant  category,  disappears en-
tirely in the age  groups from 1 to 24 years, reappears  in the group
from 25  to 44 years, and  becomes more pronounced with increasing
age.

    Since the  seasonal mortality trend -is evident in the infant group
but disappears entirely in the next three age groups, it was at  first
suspected of being a pseudoclimatic effect, perhaps due to a corres-
ponding  seasonal difference in birth rates.  This, in turn, would  give
rise to a corresponding seasonal variation in infant population and
hence also in  infant mortality expectancy.  The birth-rate statistics
for this period failed to indicate any  significant seasonal trend, how-
ever.  It, therefore,  appears  that  the  seasonal mortality response
among the infant  population is an indirect effect, due  to colds and
other infectious diseases passed along to the infant from susceptible
adults. This would also account for the disappearance of the seasonal
trend after infancy.

    The  top panel of  Figure 2 shows a pronounced change in the
mortality curve between  the 1900-1911(3)  and  current  data.  The
very pronounced  secondary maximum in July in the earlier  data
disappeared entirely in the  later data.  Examination of New York
82
                                    HUMAN BIOMETEOBOLOGY

-------
mortality statistics following the turn  of the  century indicates that
this secondary maximum was contributed by the younger age groups,
especially those in the 1- to 4-year  category. This summertime max-
imum is an example of "Suedosaisonkrankheiten"  (pseudo-seasonal
illnesses) mentioned by De Rudder (I). It was attributed to stomach
and intestinal disorders resulting from food spoilage due to lack of
adequate refrigeration  during hot weather—an indirect influence of
weather on mortality.  This secondary maximum was eliminated with
the subsequent  availability of  pasteurized  milk and with adequate
refrigeration as modern electric refrigerators  replaced  the less ade-
quate "ice boxes."
          J    FMAMJ   JASONDJ    FM
                                        X
                       ^Normal Temperatures  s
                             J    J   A   S
                                 MONTH
   Figure 1 — Annual mortality curves for New York City, Los Angeles, and Cincinnati.
Kutschenreuter
                                                                 83

-------
260
240
220
200
130
120
110
100
£M

-------
 gave an opportunity to consider whether the  color  of  one's  skin or
 ethnic background might have any bearing on his reaction to weather
 and severe changes. The  respective curves  for the seasonally  re-
 sponsive age groups are shown in Figure 3.  There are  no significant
 differences m the characteristics of the two sets of  curves   Neither
 were there any detectable differences in reaction to hot spells  as
 shown  later.
   Non-
nit« Whitel
 230   26


 220   25


 210   24


 200   23


 190   22


 180   21





 130    8
  ^ 120   7


    110   6
 70   ,0


 65   9


 60   8




  12  5.0
     11  4.5
     10
                         MONTH
                     A M J  J A
                     1  I  1  I T

        /	^


         "NDJ  FMAMJJASONDJ
                                               Total While

                                               Total Non-White
                                            65 And Over .White
                                            65 And Over, Non-While
                                              i45-64,White

                                              45-64,Non-White
                                           25 44,White


                                           25-44 Nan.Whin
            Figure 3 — Annual mortality curves for white and non-white.
Kutschenreuter
                                                                 85

-------
    Maximum mortality in the white group, however,  occurs at age
65 and over, whereas in the non-white group it occurs at ages between
45 and 64.  This shorter life expectancy among the non-whites has
been attributed to sociological factors and to environmental factors
other than meteorological.  Accordingly, no detailed effort was made
to explain it from a meteorological standpoint.

COMPARISON BY MONTHS

    Next, total monthly mortality and average temperatures for the
same  months were compared. As  might be expected from Figure 1,
no significant correlations are evident for the spring and fall transi-
tion periods but significant correlations are found for  the winter and
summer months. Computed correlation coefficients for the susceptible
age groups and for significant months are given in Table 2.  Months
with a high incidence of influenza  were excluded from these compu-
tations on the basis of being outside the "normal" population under
study. Note the  very high  correlation  coefficients for  December
(minus 0.74) and for January (minus 0.96).  The latter is significant
at the level of 0.1 percent.

       Table 2. MONTHLY MORTALITY AND  AVERAGE
        TEMPERATURE, CORRELATION COEFFICIENTS


Month
Jan.
June
July
Aug.
Dec.
d.f.
8
9
9
9
8
Age group
25-44
r
0.859
0.196
0.317
0.206
0.342
%
1
—
—
—
—
45-64
r
0.509
0.583
0.581
0.306
0.232
%
—
6
6
—
—
65 -over
r
— 0.933
0.257
0.384
0.144
—0.568
%
0.1
—
—
—
7
Total
r
— 0.958
0.670
0.673
0.541
— 0.740
%
0.1
5
5
—
2
d.f. = degrees of freedom
r = correlation coefficient
% = level of significance
— => 10%
    Figure 4 shows the computed regression curves.  The individual
dots represent the 1949-1958 data, which were used in developing the
regression equations.  How do the mortality figures for 1959 through
1963 fit the regression curves?  These  independent data points are
shown on the graphs as crosses.

    The independent data for December and January show approxi-
mately the same slope as  the regression curves based on the  earlier
data, but displaced upward by a significant amount. A noteworthy
exception is the one January value that appears to be completely out
86
                                    HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
of control.  It was at first suspected that this extreme value might be
due  to  a high  incidence of Asian  influenza.  Although this did not
qualify as an  "influenza month," the incidence of other  respiratory
ailments  was   very high.   Such  ailments  are  suspected  of  being
weather-related to the extent that the stability of the lower  layers
of the air governs the concentration or dispersal of airborne irritants
and  pollutants. The relationship is  much  more complex  than the
simple temperature-mortality relationship examined here.  The gov-
erning meteorological factors are well  known, however, and provide
the basis for the air pollution potential  forecasts performed by the
Weather Bureau  in cooperation with the Public Health Service.
   49'

   40*
  45'

  40-
 U. 30'
 Ul
 <£.
45'


40"

35'

30*

25"
g
LU
           70OO   7ZOO   740O   70OO   7BOO   80OO  820O  840O   860O   88OO   9OOO
   1U
   o:
   a.
   u
                                                                   8O*

                                                                   75"
         MOO   6OOO   62OO  64OO   68OO   MOO   7OOO  72OO   74OO   70OO   780O

                  TOTAL MONTHLY MORTALITY  • = Initial (developmental) data
                                           X = Subsequent (independent) data
                                            r = regimen
    Figure 4 — Regression of total monthly mortality on monthly average temperature.
Kutschenreuter
                                                                    87

-------
    The apparent upward shift  in the  January and December re-
gression curves  is readily accounted for on the basis of a gradual
increase in life expectancy during recent years. This has resulted in
a gradual increase in the population of  the  65-and-over age group,
in which the highest mortality occurs.  The downward shift of the
independent data for June through August, though not as pronounced
(since the correlation coefficients  were not  as high), is  similarly
explainable.

DAILY TEMPERATURE VARIATIONS

    The temperatures on which  these correlations were based  were
averages for the month.  Still another test was a comparison of  mor-
tality with daily departure from normal temperature.  Comparisons
made on this  basis indicated that although  a large  departure  from
normal temperature  (particularly in the summertime) might  be  a
necessary condition for high mortality, it was not a sufficient condi-
tion.

                         DISCOMFORT

    A number of authors have reported on  studies concerning heat
discomfort and  heat death.  Elizabeth  Schickele(S),  for  example,
made a study  of  heat deaths during World War II and on a scatter-
gram drew what she  referred to  as a "heat death  line." Of 265 heat
deaths, all but 7 occurred on the upper side of the heat death line.

    During the summer of 1959 the U. S.  Weather Bureau began
publishing a figure that includes the combined effects of temperature
and moisture.  This was first called the "Discomfort Index," and later
the "Temperature-Humidity Index"  (THI),  which  is still  used in
many locations.  It was  determined that whenever the THI is less
than 70, practically everyone feels  comfortable. At THI 75, at least
half  the people are uncomfortable. Above 75, discomfort rises very
rapidly and acute discomfort is  experienced  by the  time the  figure
reaches the middle 80's.

    A comparison of Schickele's heat-death line and lines of constant
THI is shown in Figure 5. Although the  approaches used in develop-
ing these two concepts differ, the  lines become parallel in the critical
mid-80 THI region.  Further,  the heat-death  line runs its course
within the important, THI region of 75 to 85.
                       EXTREME HEAT

    Figure 6  shows the running weekly  mortality  curve for New
York  City in  1957.  Such  curves are  maintained on an up-to-date
basis by the Department of Health and are based on 5-year, 5-week
moving averages.  The shaded area is  the  plus  or minus 2 standard
deviation  "tolerance zone."  In addition to the exceedingly high mor-
tality averages attributed  to Asian influenza in October and early
88                                  HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

                                                       GPO 801—494—4

-------
 November, there are  two noteworthy  maxima  in  the summertime
 when normally  the  expected mortality  is quite low.  One of these
 has been labelled "3 days severe heat."
                                    HIGH INCIDENCE OF HEAT DISEASE/.
        • •  •  RAPID INCREASED . «  .
         ".OF DISCOMFORT IN THIS AREA*.
              THI =Temperoture humidify inde
              Heo I  death line
                             50       60
                             DEWPOINT, °F
                                             70
                                                     80
                                                             90
          Figure 5 — Temperature humidity index {TH1J and heat death line.

    Accordingly,  I decided to examine the correlation between New
York City mortality and weather during "hot spells." For the purpose
of this study, a hot spell was denned as:
    1. Three or  more  consecutive days with 3-day  mean de-
       parture from normal — 5°F.
Kutschenreuter
89

-------
    2. At least one day  with a departure from normal  (actual
      departure, not 3-day  mean) -  10°F.
    3. The 3-day mean departure from normal remains positive
      throughout the period.
    4. The maximum temperature exceeds 90° on at least one
      day.
    5. The  hot  spell begins  on the first  day the 3-day mean
      departure is — 5° and ends on the first  day the 3-day
      mean departure is -  5° and remains  - 5°
      JAN FEB MAR  APR MAY  JUN JUL  AUG SEP OCT  NOV DEC
                              MONTH

             Figure 6 — New York City mortality chart for 1957.
90
                                  HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
    From the 10 summers of record on which this study is based, 17
periods qualified as hot spells in accordance with the criteria.

    In examining the mortality figures  for the individual hot spells
we note immediately that the mortality increased significantly on
the day following the first hot day and continued rather high over a
3-day  period.  Accordingly, 3-day  running  mean departures  from
normal temperatures  were compared with 3-day running mean values
for total mortality, but with mortality figures lagged 1 day behind
the normal temperature  departures.  Graphs  for four of the  more
phenomenal of the 17 hot spells  are shown in Figures 7 and 8.  For
comparison, graphs  for  five of the less-pronounced hot spells are
shown in Figure 9.
   340


   320


   300
 O
 5 280
 <260


 1*240
 O
 1-
   220


   200
   180
 UJ
 1C
 O
 O
 UJ
 Ct
                                      /	\-
                                          \

                                                  -Normal Temperature
                         10
                             12   14   16   18
                               DAY OF MONTH
                                             20   22
24   26   28
            30
            Figure 7 — Time series graphs for rwo July 1955 hot spells.
Kutschenreuter
           91

-------
                                      UJ Ml

                                      a o:
                                        <
                                        {£
                                      UJ UJ
                                      I- h-

                                      11
                                              a
                                            u =

                                            i i

                                            t UJ
                                            S Q
                                              >
                                              <
!<
ce z
O o

H
                                      § ? a £ ^
                                            Q a. >
                                        5 S
                                                    5
                                                    0
                                                    U
                                                     01

                                                     Ik
92
                              HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
   Me

 £ 320
 <
   300
 1
 ~
 2
                                   f «
                                   I   t
       J   .
                               DAY OP MONTH
            Figure 9 — Time series graphs for several letter hot spells.

     Note particularly Figure 8.  The initial hot spell lasted only 4
 days.  It was  immediately  followed by  temperatures considerably
 below normal and equally rapidly by an even more intense hot spell.
 The temperatures and winds for the 13-day period are shown in the
 tabular  insert.  These  extreme  temperature  fluctuations  exacted a
 correspondingly heavy death toll.

     The body strain resulting  from such extreme  fluctuations was
 so severe as to cause a rise in mortality even as the temperature was
 still falling. The subsequent 100° maximum temperature  on June 26
 was followed by a record high mortality of 542 on the following day.
 This is very nearly 3 times the expected mortality. It exceeds the
 mortality for any other day  in the 9%-year period—higher than the
 mortality even at the height of the Asian influenza epidemic.

    Further  examination of daily  mortality  during  the  summer
 months yielded still another significant feature: minimum daily mor-
 tality for the month occurred very shortly after the end of a hot spell
 in every instance but one. The  minimum occurred 2 days before the
 beginning of the hot spell in July 1957. Of the remaining 11 months
 that had hot spells during these 10 summers, the minimum mortality
 occurred on the day following the end of the hot  spell in two cases,
 on the second  day in three cases, the third day in one case, four days
 and six days later in two cases each, and eight days later in one case.
Kutschenreuter
93

-------
    Two likely contributory factors may explain minimum mortality
following the hot-spell maxima.  One is  the invigorating  effect of
cooler temperatures following  a hot spell.  That this effect  can be
carried to extremes and then actually reversed, however, is evident
in the increasing mortality rate during the relatively "cold" period
between the two June  1952 hot spells (Figure 8).  The other  contri-
butory factor is the likelihood  that the excess  casualties during hot
spells consist to a  major extent of those who normally would  have
passed away on succeeding days.
                           ANALYSES

    Linear  multiple regression analyses  were  run  for  all  17  hot
spells.  Mortality was  the dependent variable.  Six meteorological
parameters  (departure from normal temperature, maximum temper-
ature, wind, THI, relative humidity and  barometric reading) were
the independent variables.  As was expected,  temperature was  by
far the most significant parameter,  and barometer reading not sig-
nificant at all.  For the two older age groups (45 to 64  years  and 65
and over), temperature alone was significant at about the 0.1 percent
level  or better, both for  white and nonwhite.  Correlations  for  all
parameters  and all  age groups are  contained in considerable detail
in the original thesis  material available  at  Rutgers University. (4)
                          REFERENCES

 1.  De  Rudder,  B.   Grundriss  Einer  Meteorobiologie des  Menschen.
    Springer Verlag, Heidelberg. 1952.
 2.  Gordon, John E., and Ehrhardt, Carl L.  Weather and  Death.  Amer.
    Journal of Med. Sci.  236, No. 3: Sept. 1958.
 3.  Huntington, E. Temperature  Optima for Human Energy, Proc., Natl.
    Acad. of Sci.  3: Feb. 1917.
 4.  Kutschenreuter, Paul H. A Study of the Effect of Weather on Mortality
    in New York City.  M.S. Thesis, Rutgers University.  January 1960.
 5.  Schickele, Elizabeth, Environment and Fatal Heat Stroke, The Military
    Surgeon, 100,  No. 3: March 1957.
 6.  Tromp, S. W. Monthly Mortality  from  Apoplexy, Angina  Pectoris,
    Coronary  Thrombosis and Related Heart Diseases  in  the Male and
    Female Population in the  Netherlands. Bioclimatological Record Cen-
    ter, Leiden. 1959.
94                                   HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
                       HEAT  STRESS


                                          Dr. Austin F. Hensefael
                Occupational Health Research and Training Facility*
                                      U. S.  Public Health  Service
                                                  1014 Broadway
                                            Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
SUMMARY
    Man meets the problems  caused by internally generated meta-
bolic heat and externally imposed environmental  heat  by 'means  of
physiological mechanisms such as vasodilation and  sweating to in-
crease heat loss not obtained by normal heat exchange by conduction-
convection and  evaporation-convection.  Important  -factors  in the
effect of heat on  man are  humidity, radiant energy exchange,  air
temperature, and air movement.  The -four major categories of heat-
induced illnesses (heat exhaustion,  dehydration,  heat  cramps, and
heat stroke) are discussed.


                       INTRODUCTION

    Problems that confront man when he is exposed to a hot environ-
ment  and physiological  mechanisms he  utilizes  to  cope with the
problems are discussed in this section.

    Two kinds of heat important to man working or living in  a warm
•or hot  environment  are:  internally generated metabolic  heat, and
externally imposed environmental heat.

    Metabolic heat is a byproduct of  the chemical processes occurring
within  the cells,  tissues,  and  organs.  Under  resting conditions the
metabolic  heat production of  an  adult is about 75 KgCal per hour
(300 Btu). Muscular activity  is the major source of increased heat
production.  During very  hard physical  work heat  production may
reach 600  to  750  KgCal per hour  (2,400 to 3,000 Btu).  Thus under
conditions of physical work large  quantities of heat must be removed
from the body if an increase in body temperature is to be prevented.

    An  internal  body temperature of 99 °F (98.6°F mouth tempera-
ture) is usually considered to  be  "normal"; however, body tempera-
ture varies from  time  to  time during the day and with changes  in
physical activity.  Consequently body temperatures  of 97° to 102°F
are frequently normal.  Body  temperature over 102°F  in  otherwise
healthy  individuals must be viewed  with some concern, and a tem-
perature over 105°F is critically  serious.  Consequently, the  regula-
tion of body temperature is  an important physiological function, and
*Now part of the National Center lor Urban and Industrial Health.



Henschel                                                      95

-------
the ease with which it can be successfully accomplished is determined
by  the individuals' ambient environment—by the air  temperature,
the humidity  of  the  air, air movement, long-wave radiation,  and
solar radiation.

                      HEAT EXCHANGE

    The metabolic heat of the body is  exchanged with  the  ambient
environment by  the  processes of conduction-convection,  radiation,
and evaporation.  If the contact substance, whether  it be air, water,
clothing,  or an external  object,  is at a lower temperature than the
skin, heat will be lost; but if the contacting substance is at a higher
temperature, heat will be gained. The  rate at which transfer takes
place  is  determined basically  by the  difference between the  two
temperatures, but if the contacting substance is fluid, like  air or water,
movement  in the  fluid  accelerates  the  transfer.  This  additional
transfer process is termed convection.

    HEAT TRANSFER BY CONDUCTION-CONVECTION

    Nearly all transfer of "sensible" heat between skin and air is by
the combined process of  conduction-convection, in which convection
plays  by far the  greater part and may be expressed quantitatively
by  the equation:
    TT     Kc  (ts  — t,,)
    ^=-~i7+ir-                                        (1)
where:

    HL. = the rate of heat loss per unit area of exposed surface,
    Kc. = a constant whose value depends upon the units used.
    ts  = the temperature of the skin surface.
    tn  = the temperature of the ambient air.
    In  = the resistivity of the ambient air to the outward passage of
          heat.
    Ic  = the resistivity of the clothing to  the outward passage of
          heat.

    To this exchange between the skin and the air must be added
heat exchanged between the respiratory  tract and the  inspired air,
since the former  behaves simply  as an inward extension of the body
surface, with a special mechanism—respiration—moving the air away
when it is heated.


      HEAT LOSS BY EVAPORATION — CONVECTION

    Heat may also be lost from the surface of the body to  the air by
evaporation of water diffusing through  the skin from deeper tissues,
produced  by sweat glands, or applied from without.   The rate of
evaporative heat  loss is  determined basically by the difference be-
tween the effective vapor pressure of the  water on the skin and  that
96                                  HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
of the  air, but once again movement  of the air greatly  accelerates
the rate of loss, so that the combined process is properly termed evap-
oration-convection.

    The vapor pressure of water  on the skin  is determined  by the
temperature of the skin, but  the extent of  the  water film varies be-
tween  something less than 10 percent and  95  percent of the maxi-
mum.  The effective vapor pressure of water on the skin is  thus  a
function of these two factors.  The extent of the water film is variously
termed "skin wetness" or "skin relative humidity."  It represents  a
balance between evaporation on the one hand and addition of water
on the  other.  It is  high only when  the sweat glands are active, evap-
oration is inhibited, or water is applied from  without.

HUMIDITY

    The vapor pressure of the air is determined  by the amount of
water  vapor  present  in (unit volume  of)   the  air and  corresponds
closely to the absolute humidity of the air. Unfortunately,  atmos-
pheric  humidity is usually expressed in terms of  relative humidity,
namely, the ratio  between the amount of  water  vapor  actually in
the air and the amount the air could  hold  at that temperature. To
determine the vapor pressure from the relative humidity, one needs
to know the air temperature  and to have tables or a graph by which
to make the conversion. A great deal  of misunderstanding and  con-
fusion  has arisen from the use of these two measures of atmospheric
humidity, between which  the relationships  are far from obvious. A
vapor pressure of  15 mm Hg corresponds to 100% relative humidity
at 63°F, 50%  at 84°F, and 30 % at 100°F, since the holding capacity
of the  air increases with temperature while the amount of water
vapor  remains the same.  Another measure of humidity sometimes
used is the dew point, the temperature at which air,  on being  cooled,
becomes saturated and moisture begins to be deposited from it.  Dew
point is closely related to vapor pressure and  to absolute humidity.
The  various  combinations  of dry-bulb  temperature  and relative
humidity just cited as having the  same vapor pressure  (15 mm Hg)
also  have  the same dew point (63°F).

    A  generalized  equation  for heat loss  by evaporation from the
skin to air is:
           fT  IP 	 P 'i
    He =   e v s	:-^-w                                    (2)
              ru ~h re
where:

    He == the rate of heat  loss per unit area of exposed surface.
    Ke = a constant whose value depends upon the units used.
    Ps = the saturation vapor pressure at skin  temperature.
    Pa = the vapor pressure of the ambient air.
    rn  _ the resistivity of the ambient air to the outward passage of
          water vapor.
Henschel                                                       97

-------
    rc  = the resistivity of the clothing to the outward passage of
          water vapor,
    w  = the proportional wetness of the skin.

    To this loss must be added that from the respiratory tract.


             HEAT EXCHANGE BY  RADIATION

    Heat will be exchanged by radiation between the surface of the
body  and all of the surfaces in its surroundings which are at temper-
atures different  from its  own. (The term "surface" is easily under-
stood for solid  objects,  but for  such things as the  sky it  must be
regarded as  that hypothetical surface that  would  exhibit the same
radiative behavior as the sky is observed to exhibit). The details of
radiative exchange  can  become  very  complex, but, the  following
simplified explanation will illustrate the principles  involved.

    The intensity of the  energy emitted from a surface by radiation
increases as  the fourth power of its  absolute temperature.  The in-
tensity is usually  diminished below the  theoretical maximum, how-
ever,  by the physical nature of the surface, the relative  effect being
known as its emissivity. The wavelengths  of the  emitted radiation
are usually distributed over a range, with  a  model  length  that de-
creases as temperature increases.

    Radiation incident upon a surface is  absorbed by it in proportion
to its  emissivity for  the wavelength involved.  The absorptivity for a
particular wavelength is the same as the emissivity for that  wave-
length. From an opaque surface, the incident radiation that is not
absorbed must be reflected, so that  its reflectivity is  the converse of
its absorptivity  and thus of its emissivity—for the particular  wave-
length involved.

    A substance whose  surface emits at maximum intensity  for its
temperature is termed a "black body." (This is an unfortunate term,
since  it  inevitably  suggests  a visual observation  which relates to
reflectivity rather than to emissivity,  and then only in the portion of
the spectrum to which the eye is sensitive).  In general, most con-
ventional surfaces  other than highly polished metals are classified
as "black bodies"  in the  long infrared,  but  many of them are obvi-
ously far from black bodies in the visible range. Thus, the apparently
paradoxical statement can be made that a white shirt may be a black
body  (in the long infrared).

    The surface of the human body and  its clothing emit only in the
long infrared range, and in this range virtually all such  surfaces act
as black bodies.  Emission from surrounding surfaces, however, is far
more  complex.  Many conventional  surfaces at normal temperatures
are emitting long  infrared radiation as  essentially  black bodies; but
some, at the same temperature, may  be emitting less intensely  (for
example, polished metal surfaces).   Some  surfaces  at  higher tem-
peratures may be emitting short infrared radiation,  and others at still
98                                   HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
higher temperatures, visible or even ultraviolet radiation. The ex-
change between the body and surrounding infrared emitters is fairly
simple, being complicated only by  the  geometrical relationships of
the opposing surfaces, which often can be approximated by a single
sphere at a uniform temperature. For such a situation the appropriate
equation for radiant energy exchange is:

    Hr = Kr(T* — Tj)                                        (3)

where:

    Hr = the rate of exchange per unit area of exposed surface.
    Kr = a constant whose value depends upon the units used.
    Tw = the absolute temperature of the surrounding sphere.
    Ts = the absolute temperature of the skin.

NET  HEAT  EXCHANGE

    The net heat exchange between man  and his  ambient environ-
ment can be expressed by:

    H = M ± C ± R! + Rs — E                               (4)

where:

    H = net heat gain or loss by the body.
    M = metabolic heat production.
    C = heat exchange by conduction-convection.
    R! = heat exchange by long-wave radiation.
    Rs = solar heat gain.
    E = heat loss by evaporation.

    If the body temperature  is to  be maintained at an  acceptable
normal level, then H  must equal zero.  Small fluctuations in total
body  heat  are, of course, permissible.  They normally  occur as  a
result of rapid changes in metabolic heat  production  or  in the rate
of heat exchange with the  ambient  environment.  Metabolic heat
production may increase by a factor of 10 within seconds  as one goes
from  a state of rest  to maximum physical effort  (from 75  to 750
KgCal per hour, or 300 to 3,000  Btu).  Metabolic heat production can
be calculated since about 5 KgCal is liberated for each liter of  oxygen
used by the body cells.

    The heat exchanged by convection-conduction  can be calculated
from  equation 1. The insulation value of the air-clothing system will
vary with the rate of air movement. These relationships at 95°F are
presented in Figure  1.

    Evaporative heat  loss from the clothed man, as indicated  in
equation 2 can be a rather complex phenomenon; however, evapora-
tion of sweat from the skin surface is a very effective means of losing
body  heat.  Each liter  of sweat  requires 580 KgCal to evaporate it.
These simplified relationships at 95°F are presented in Figure 2.
Henschel                                                       89

-------
          700
          600  —
          500 _
          400  —
          300  —
      X
      o
      X
      1
          200  —
         -100
             80
                   90
                        100
                              110
                                    120   130
                                               140
                         AIR TEMPERATURE (ta),°F
Figure 1 — Heat exchange by convection between man (skin temperature 95°F) and sur-
                             rounding air.

    To calculate radiant  exchange  from equation 3  requires  more
complex mathematical  manipulation than may appear from the form
of the equation.  This is due primarily to the  complexity of shapes
of most surrounding objects. If the surrounding is assumed to be a
sphere, the mean temperature of which  can be measured, the rate
of heat exchange with the nude individual with a skin temperature
of 95 °F can be obtained readily from a graphic representation of the
relationships as shown in Figure  3.

    Equation 4 (H = M±C±R1-[-Rs — E)  can  be solved  using
Figures 1, 2, and 3  provided the data on metabolic rate, air tempera-
ture,  radiant temperature,  vapor pressure, and air movement are
available. These data can be obtained at the worksite in an industrial
environment, in a field  situation, and in a controlled laboratory setup.
In Figures 1, 2, and 3 certain basic assumptions were made in  order
to simplify the presentation. Interindividual differences in sweating,
(vapor pressure, at skin temperature), blood flow to the skin, muscular
100
HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
 efficiency, body volume-surface  ratio,  and other factors make  it
 hazardous to apply data derived from these figures to specific situa-
 tions.
                         10        20         30


                          VAPOR PRESS. GRADIENT,
                            (P ,,  —P , ), mm  Hg
                             skin   air
 Figure 2 — Maximum evaporative capacity as  related to air velocity and vapor pressure
                              gradient.
                     RESPONSES TO  HEAT

     Since radiant energy exchange, air temperature, humidity, and
air movement all affect, in quantitative fashion, the same physical
process, heat balance of the body, their operations are largely inter-
changeable. An alteration  in one can be duplicated or compensated
by an appropriate change in another.  The effect of a rise in radiant
heat gain can be duplicated by that of a rise in air temperature;  a
rise  in humidity may be offset  by an increase in air movement; and
so on.

    At temperatures below 70°F sweating is not  called into play,
Henschel
101

-------
the skin is comparatively dry, and changes in humidity are of little
consequence. As long as air temperature is lower than skin tempera-
ture, all movement will facilitate heat loss by both conduction and
evaporation,  but when air temperature exceeds skin temperature a
mixed situation is created. Air movement will still increase heat loss
by evaporation, but it will now also increase heat gain by  conduc-
tion-convection. The higher the air temperature, the more important
the latter will become, until it may actually override the increase in
evaporating cooling. For each set of conditions in which air tempera-
ture exceeds skin temperature, there will be an optimal air movement.
Lower rates  of air movement  result in sweat  accumulation; higher
rates, in additional heating and a bigger burden on compensatory
sweating.

    The burden placed upon the body to  step up heat  loss in  the
face of an environmental heat load is  represented primarily by the
physiological reactions designed  to promote heat loss, but these re-
actions  in  turn may provoke  other  changes  that add to the total
physiological disturbance.  The ultimate  consequences  of this chain
of reactions are illustrated in Figure 4.
  900


  800


^ 700
.c

8 600


  500


   400
             300
            200
            100
           —100
                   1    \     I
                    t min. = 95°F
                                              I
                80  100  120   140  160   180   200   220  240

                    MEAN RADIANT TEMPERATURE (t ), °F
                                              w

               Figure 3 — Heat exchange by long-wave radiation.
 102
                                     HUMAN  BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
   Greater Heat Loss
   (or less gain) by
RADIATION & CONVECTION
                          When Heat Loss by Radiation
                          and Convection are Less Than
                         Heat Production of METABOLISM
  Increased Heat Flow
  From Body Core With
 Rise in Skin Temperature
                            Skin Temperature Rises
                            (Nervous Receptors for
                            Warmth are Activated)
                 Figure 4 — Physiological reactions related to heat loss.


                   INCREASED FLOW OF BLOOD

       When the heat loss by  radiation and  convection  becomes less
   than the metabolic heat production, the first corrective action initiated
   by the body is a vasodilatation of the blood  vessels near the surface
   of the skin, which  results in an increased flow of blood  to the  area
   and an increase in skin temperature.  There is  an increase  in  both
   convective and radiative heat loss  from the  body when the ambient
   air temperature and the  average  radiant temperature of the  sur-
   roundings  are less  than skin  temperature; if these are higher  than
   the skin temperature, the  heat gain  through  these channels is de-
   creased.

                               SWEATING

       Sweating, the second  defense mechanism,  is brought into action
   when there is an insufficient  flow  of  blood to the  skin to meet the
   Henschel
                                                                      103

-------
 requirements for heat loss.  This occurs usually when there is any-
 thing more than a minor thermal imbalance.  The number of sweat
 glands  activated and  the  rate  of secretion of sweat  are graded to
 meet the magnitude of the imbalance.  Sweat production of more
 than 2 liters an hour has been observed, but a continuous sweat rate
 of about 1 liter an hour over several hours each day is considered to
 be the maximum production rate. This means  that, except for short
 periods of time, about 600 KgCal per hour is  the  maximum amount
 of heat that will be lost  from the body surface by  sweat  evaporation.
 Sweat that is not evaporated has no value for heat loss.

     Sweat production results in a drain on the water and salt in the
 body.  The water is usually replaced by an increase in water intake
 because the thirst  mechanism  is  sufficient to keep the water intake
 and  water loss in balance.  Where heat stress causes large sweat pro-
 duction (6 to 12 liters a day), enough fluids are not voluntarily con-
 sumed to replace the water lost.  This "voluntary" dehydration may
 amount to 2  to 3 liters or more during an 8-hour  working day. The
 "voluntary" water  deficit is usually replaced during meals and non-
 working hours if an adequate supply of drinking  water  is available.
 Dehydration  in excess of 3 liters may have serious physiological and
 clinical consequences.
                   HEAT-INDUCED ILLNESS

    If the normal responses of increased skin-blood flow and sweat
production are not adequate to meet the needs for body heat loss or
if the mechanisms fail to function properly, physiological breakdown
may occur. There are four major categories of heat-induced illnesses:
heat exhaustion,  dehydration, heat cramps, and heat stroke.

HEAT EXHAUSTION

    This is a state of collapse  caused by an insufficient blood supply
to  the cerebral cortex  as a result of dilatation of blood vessels in
response to heat.   The failure here is not one of heat regulation,  but
an inability to meet the price  of heat regulation. A critical  low  ar-
terial blood pressure results partly from inadequate output of blood
by the heart and partly from the widespread vasodilation. Inadequate
cardiac output  results,  in turn, from a  fall in the volume/capacity
ratio below unity.  The chief factors  that may bring about this state
of  affairs are:

    1. Increasing vascular  dilatation and  decreasing the capacity of
       the circulation to meet the demands for heat loss to  the  en-
       vironment, exercise,  and digestive  activities.

    2. Decreasing blood volume by dehydration, gravitational edema,
       adrenal insufficiency, or lack of salt.

    3. Reducing  cardiac efficiency by emotion, malnutrition, lack of
       physical training, infection  or  intoxication,  cardiac  failure.
104                                 HUMAN  BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
DEHYDRATION

    In its  early stages, dehydration acts  mainly  by reducing  the
blood volume and promoting heat exhaustion. But in extreme cases
it brings about disturbances of cell function,  which increase and re-
inforce  each other with  worsening  deterioration of  the  organism.
Muscular inefficiency,  reduced secretion  (especially of the  salivary
glands),  loss of appetite, difficulty in swallowing, acid accumulation
in the tissues, and nervous  irritability followed by depression in-
tensify; uremia, fever  and death terminate  the picture. A  surprising
feature is the persistence of urine excretion in small amounts (5 cc
per hour)  in  the  face of dehydration. Clinical experience  suggests
careful  administration of  water  to  drink,  the primary treatment.
The  addition  of chloride,  glucose,  and perhaps alkalies  is recom-
mended.

HEAT CRAMPS

    A condition of cramp-like spasms in  the  voluntary muscles is
caused by a reduction of the concentration  of sodium chloride in the
blood below a certain critical level.  Just why cramps should follow
a fall in  blood chloride is not clear, but the association is certain  and
the relief obtained by the administration of chloride may be spec-
tacular.  A high chloride loss  is facilitated by high  sweating rates,
lack of acclimatization,  and depletion of chloride reserves by  low
dietary intakes of salt and adrenal cortical insufficiency. A high water
intake makes dilution of the remaining chloride easier. The actual
critical level of blood chloride concentration varies and is affected by
factors such as general health in a manner  not yet understood.

    The abdominal as well as the limb musculature may be  affected,
the site  not  necessarily  being  related to  the preceding  exercise.
Whereas abdominal cramps may simulate  acute surgical conditions,
limb cramps resemble  exercise or nocturnal  cramps. Their persistence
without  saline therapy and  their  abolition by  it provide  the  clue.
Heat cramps can be prevented by taking extra salt whenever heavy
work is  to  be carried out in hot dry environments, especially  by
unacclimatized persons.

HEAT STROKE (HYPERPYREXIA)

    Heat stroke occurs when the mean temperature of the body is
such that the continued functioning of some vital tissue is endangered
thereby. It represents, of course, a marked failure of the heat regu-
lating  mechanism to  maintain a proper balance between  the  two
sides  of  the heat  balance. The  chief factors which may  bring  this
about may be classified as follows:
    1. Reduced heat loss—lack of sweat glands, inhibition of sweat-
       ing, inadequate  peripheral  circulation,  high  environmental
       temperature,  high humidity  with restricted convection.
    2. Increased heat reception—radiant energy absorption, environ-
       mental temperatures above skin temperature.
Henschel                                                       105

-------
    3. Increased  heat  production—muscular  exercise,   pyogenic
       agents, overactivity  of  the  thyro-adrenal apparatus, rising
       body temperature,  agitation.

    4. Damaged heat regulating center—brain injuries or infections.

    The  critical  body temperature  for man  lies  between  108 and
112°F, depending upon  the  length  of  time that the  tissues  are  so
exposed.  The cause of  tissue damage and  finally  death is  probably
a mixture of protein denaturation, enzyme  degradation, alteration in
the physical structure of  the cell  membranes,  and changes  in  the
viscosity of the cellular  protoplasm.  It is unlikely that  this crisis will
be reached in a healthy, acclimatized man carrying out normal  activi-
ties in a normal  climate.  But under severe emotional and physical
stress and very hot conditions,  heat production may  reach a level
high enough to produce heat stroke  without prior  onset of the usual
escape provided to man, that is, heat exhaustion.

    Relief is secured only by an early and effective reduction of body
temperature—usually obtainable by wrapping  the  patient in  wet
sheets and playing a fan on him. Sometimes it is necessary  to resort
to packing in ice.  A resistance to gentler cooling methods is very
likely to  occur in cases where the hyperpyrexia is partially caused by
infection. In such cases  the effect of the infection is to set  the heat
regulating "thermostat"  at an abnormally high level,  so that  gentle
cooling results only in vasoconstriction, with negation  of the cooling
effects. When drastic cooling is  used, however, care has to  be taken
that the  temperature is not lowered too fast or too far.
                ACCLIMATIZATION TO HEAT

    The fact of acclimatization is well attested by both experience
and scientific observations, and some of its features  are known;  but
as yet much of the basic mechanisms are still elusive.  With the onset
of a heat wave or when one is suddenly transported to a hot environ-
ment, it is common experience to observe impairment in performance
capacity and strong heat discomfort and distress.  Tasks  easily per-
formed  in a cool environment become difficult,  and  heat discomfort
interferes with rest and eating.  If, however, the exposure  to  the
heat is  continued for several days, performance  gradually returns
to normal, heat discomfort  subsides,  at least to  some extent,  and
acclimatization  to  heat occurs.  The  improvement  in performance
and sense of well-being is more than accustomization; it is the result
of certain well defined and other more obscure, physiological adapta-
tions.

    Acclimatization to heat results, at least  in part,  from increased
protection against hyperthermia since some of the initial distress of
heat exposure results from the hyperthermia.  There are other adapta-
tions, e.g., improved cardiovascular function.  The acclimatized indi-
vidual is able to work in the heat with a lower body temperature, a
lower  heart  rate,  and  a more  stable  blood pressure  than  before
106                                  HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
acclimatization.  Some increase in sweat production  also may occur.
Other alterations implicated, but not fully proved,  include changes
in adrenocortical activity, blood volume,  and venomotor tone.  Re-
gardless  of which changes are most important, the  improvement in
performance  with heat acclimatization is  referable to the increased
ability to maintain adequate cardiovascular function despite a high
heat load.

    The  fully heat-acclimatized individual, then, shows no important
decrease  in ability to do physical work in the heat as  compared to  the
amount he can  do  in  comfortable conditions. This  does not mean,
however, that he is insensitive to the heat.  There may be some psy-
chological effects even in the heat-acclimatized individual:
    (1)  Some loss of mental initiative.
    (2)  Decrease in accuracy, particularly in poorly motivated indi-
         viduals.
    (3)  Need for greater concentration to do a given  task.
    (4)  Possible personality change.

                SUSCEPTIBILITY TO DISEASE

    Early studies of mortality during hot  weather in a large Amer-
ican city have been supplemented recently by an  analysis of records
over 9%  years, with the following conclusions:
    1.  Tolerance to climatic change decreases with increasing age
       past 25.
    2.  Mortality increases notably in hot summer  months.
    3.  The  mortality  is at  a minimum  in  normally hot  summer
       months,  but high peaks are superimposed by hot spells.
    4.  Rapid fluctuations in  temperature during summer months  are
       accompanied by a significant increase  in mortality.
    5.  In the total period the highest single daily mortality occurred
       in an  exceptionally hot period.
    6.  Temperature is the most significant environmental factor in
       summer  mortality.

                         CONCLUSION

    These data  and previously familiar evidence place the respon-
sibility for increased  mortality  firmly  on temperature  fluctuations
and exceptionally hot periods, but absolve continued "normal" heat.
It would  seem that attempts to control atmospheric conditions should
be directed at the rather exceptional peak conditions,  and that exten-
sion of such  controls  to  lower degrees of heat  might  not  be only
unnecessary,  but even undesirable, in that it would impose rapid
fluctuations upon those who have to alternate between  conditioned
and natural environments.
Henschel                                                      107

-------
    EFFECTS  OF ULTRAVIOLET  LIGHT ON MAN

                                              Dr. Harold F. Blum
                            Physiologist,  National Cancer Institute
                       and Visiting Professor, Princeton University
                     Department  of Health, Education and Welfare
                                      U. S. Public Health Service
                                                    P.O. Box 704
                                     Princeton,  New Jersey 08540

 SUMMARY

   Ultraviolet  light produces a variety of changes  in the skin, the
 relationships between which are obscure. These include the erythema
 and tanning of sunburn, the production of vitamin D, and the induc-
 tion of skin  cancer.  More than one photochemical reaction is con-
 cerned, but the site of these must  be in the epidermis. The injurious
 effects of ultraviolet light probably outweigh any beneficial ones.

                           SUNBURN

     Everyone is  familiar with the phenomenon of sunburn, a com-
 plex response to ultraviolet light that may range from a just-percept-
 ible reddening of the skin to the severe blistering and desquamation
 that may follow  very severe exposure. The charts in Figure  1 will
 orient you to the range of wavelengths that provoke this response
 and to other spectral relationships. The curve labelled  erythema in
 part B of this figure is based on determinations of the amount of
 radiation of various wavelengths that will produce a just-perceptible
 reddening of the skin.  The reciprocal of this amount is plotted and
 the resulting curve is  a spectral map, or action spectrum, of sensitivity
 to ultraviolet light and may be taken as an index of the photochemical
 changes that underlie  sunburn;  it is often called the erythemal
 spectrum.  The long-wavelength limit for this sensitivity is about 0.32
 micron, whereas  the  human  eye normally perceives no  wavelengths
 shorter than  about  0.4 micron.  Part A  of Figure  1 shows that
 antirachitic action—the prevention or  cure of rickets, which depends
 upon the  formation  of vitamin D from  its precursor—has  about
 the same long-wavelength limit as sunburn. No  relationship, how-
 ever, between the two  photochemical  reactions  has been shown.  In
 antirachitic action, the  light-absorbing molecule, or chromophore, is
 the provitamin  (7-dehydrocholesterol).  Part C of Figure 1  shows
 that the absorption spectra for protein  and for nucleic acid (the prin-
 cipal suspects as  chromophores for erythema and the  sunburn com-
 plex) have about the  same long-wavelength limit  as the action spec-
 trum for erythema. The outer horny layer of the skin,  or corneum,
 which is largely protein, acts as a light filter to alter the shape of the
 erythemal spectrum, so no close correspondence between absorption
 by the chromophore and the action can be expected; an idea  of the
 transmission of the corneum is given in Figure  1-B.
Blum                                                        109

-------
               0.24  0.25  0.26   Oil  OjB  O.29  0.30	031	OK
                 TRANSMISSION,
                  CORNEUM
                 c
                             NUCLEIC \
                                        . PROTEIN
                                        V
                                        \
                                           \
               0.24  0.25  0.26  0.27  0.28  0.29  0.30  0.31  0.32
                       WAVELENGTH, >J
Figure 1 — Wavelengths provoking sunburn;  relationships to other actions and responses.

    Figure 2-A shows curves for sunlight at the surface of the earth;
one representing the maximum condition with the sun at zenith, the
other^ showing the corresponding amount of radiation with  the  sun
at 60°, that is, at 4 hours from the zenith. The spectrum of  sunlight
ends at about 0.29 micron, and  we note that the spectrum that pro-
duces erythema—wavelengths shorter than  0.32 micron (indicated
by E)—is a very small  fraction of  the total.  Actually there  is much
more of this radiation outside the earth's  atmosphere, but it is largely
absorbed by the ozone  in the stratosphere,  which is responsible for
the short wavelength cutoff of sunlight at 0.29 micron.

    The human eye is not sensitive to the wavelengths  that  produce
sunburn,  but has a range near the maximum of sunlight—about 0.4
to 0.65 micron.  The atmosphere absorbs very little in  this  spectral
region so these wavelengths  are affected  much less by  angle of the
sun than are  those that cause sunburn.  At  4 o'clock on a  summer
HO
                                      HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
              WAVELENGTH
 Figure  2A — Spectra of sunlight  at  surface  of the
 earth:  1, with sun at zenith; 2, with sun at 60°  from
 zenith  [4 hr.); E, limits of sunlight  causing  sunburn;
         V, limits of vision of the  human eye.
                                     1.5
                                      I
   e

   x
\
\






N

\
\
\
\
\
V
	 ' 	 1
.
1

1
1
1
/
	 ^
'!>       B.  SKIN
          STRUCTURES
                                         Figure 26 — Diagrammatic cross-section of skin:
                                         c, corneum; m,  living  layer; p, minute blood ves-
                                         sels; h, hair follicles; s,  hair shaft; seb.,  sebacious
                                                     gland; sw., sweat gland.
          C.  PENETRATION
                OF  LISHT
Figure  2C — Spectral  penetration  of light  into
       skin:  N, negro skin; W, white skin.
         (From  The Quarterly  Revew of Biology 36:50.  1961. Used with  permission.)
Blum
                                                                                     111

-------
afternoon, when the sun  is shining very brightly  as  far as the eye
is  concerned, there is very little sunburning radiation in the direct
rays of the sun, so one must realize that the eye gives no good index
of the amount of sunburning radiation. The picture is not quite so
simple as the diagram indicates.  Not only the direct rays of the sun
but also the light that is scattered  back from the sky must be taken
into account; the sunburning ultraviolet is scattered much more than
is  the visible part of sunlight.  If  we measure the amount of solar
energy falling upon  a flat surface  at right angle to the path  of the
rays, we may find that for the visible spectrum the total light scattered
back is about 15 percent  of that which comes directly. But for the
sunburning  ultraviolet  the situation  is  much different,  since  a
greater proportion is scattered back from the sky, coming  at you
from all  parts of the heavens.  To our eyes the sun appears a  bright
flaming spot in a mildly blue  sky, but if we saw the ultraviolet that
produces sunburn, the sun would appear as a somewhat brighter spot
in a flaming sky.  These things are  to be kept in mind when we con-
sider the risk of sunburn. Because of this scattering  back from the
sky, we may, on a bright summer day, get a severe  sunburn when
lying under a beach umbrella that protects us from the direct rays
but exposes us to a good portion of the sky. Again, if we had to deal
only with direct radiation, we  could say with some assurance that one
is  safe from sunburn before 8 o'clock in the morning or after 4 in
the afternoon, even  on  the brightest summer day, because so little
direct radiation reaches us at that time.   The presence of sky radia-
tion may modify this to a certain extent, although as a general rule
we are relatively safe from sunburn outside  the middle  of the day.

VARIATION IN SUNLIGHT

     The  eye is likewise not a good  index of the  variation of sun-
burning radiation with  latitude and  season.  We generally think of
the tropics as having much more sunlight than higher latitudes but
this  depends to some extent upon what we are talking about.  At the
time of the summer  solstice on June 21 or 22 there is at the  Arctic
Circle about 10 percent less radiation than at the equator on the same
day; and, of course, we  all know of the midnight sun.  But the  ultra-
violet falls off  more rapidly  with solar angle than does visible or
total sunlight because of  absorption  by ozone, which also varies to
some extent with latitude and season. At  our summer solstice when
the sun is many degrees north of the equator, we should have about
as much chance of sunburn, if other things were equal, at the latitude
of Geneva as at the equator. There is of course a big "if" here,  which
includes the amount  of scattering from the sky. Clouds also produce
an effect (thus far I have spoken  as though the skies were  always
clear).  Very  little   ultraviolet  shorter   than  0.32  micron gets
through heavy clouds, but with a light fog scattering may be so great
that one, if careless, is likely to get a  bad sunburn.  It seems that
aerosols—smoke, dust and smog—are less effective  in taking out this
part of  the ultraviolet  than  is ordinarily thought. Measuring the
fraction of sunlight that produces  sunburn is  difficult; we  have less
112                                 HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
 knowledge of its distribution over the surface of the earth than we
 have for the visible spectrum or for total sunlight. This is something
 we ought to know more about (1, 7).

     I should also mention that sunburning radiation is almost com-
 pletely cut out by  ordinary, old-fashioned window  glass,  although
 under some circumstances enough gets through to give a very slight
 erythema. Window glasses made to  let through some of this radia-
 tion are on the market today—just why I am not sure.  The idea  is
 widespread that sunlight is "good for you" and that one should toast
 himself in the  sun as much as he can. As Figure  1  shows,  the same
 wavelengths that cause sunburn also  produce vitamin D  in the skin,
 and this can have an effect in preventing  or curing rickets.  But as a
 therapeutic agent sunlight is variable, and vitamin D can  easily be
 obtained in other forms.  The treatment of tuberculosis with artificial
 sources of ultraviolet light or by exposure to sunlight was quite a fad
 some years ago but now has been virtually abandoned. Some derma-
 tologic conditions seem to be improved with treatment by ultraviolet
 light; in this matter we could use more statistics to good advantage.


                REACTION OF THE EPIDERMIS

     Let us now consider the action of ultraviolet light on  skin in a
 little more detail. Figure 2 shows at  B a  diagrammatic cross section
 of human skin.  Most superficial is the epidermis, which for our pur-
 pose may be thought of as consisting of two layers: an outer corneum
 of dead cells and an under-layer of living cells.  Actually there is a
 gradient of aliveness.  The most alive cells are the deepest; most  (if
 not all) of the cell division that renews the epidermis takes place in
 the basal cell layer.  Very little of the radiation  of  the wavelengths
 less than 0.32  micron gets through  the  epidermis, so  it is  there
 that the principal photochemical changes  take place. The reddening
 of the skin is the overt expression of  dilation  and  greater blood flow
 in the small vessels—capillaries, arterioles, and venules—just under
 the epidermis.   Very little of the ultraviolet radiation  gets to these
 vessels; some wavelengths, virtually not at  all.  So it seems most
 likely that the ultraviolet produces in the epidermis some substance
 that diffuses down and causes these  vessels to dilate; the nature of
 this vasodilator substance has never been satisfactorily shown.

     The ultraviolet injures a good many of the viable cells of  the
 epidermis. This apparently causes an increase in cell proliferation, so
 that the epidermis thickens after exposure  to sunlight, and along with
 it the corneum.  The latter is a very good absorber of the  sunburning
 radiation and is one of our defenses against  its injurious action; its
 thickening reduces our sensitivity for some  time.  Along with this
 proliferation and thickening comes the formation of melanin pigment
 by some of the  epidermal cells that are specialized for its production.
 This pigment is the basis of suntan.  It is popularly supposed that
 the tan protects us against sunburn, but this picture is not clear. The
 melanin, being produced at the bottom of the epidermis, does not seem
Blum                                                         113

-------
to be in the best place to  give protection; but  it moves up through
the epidermis and  is finally lost by desquamation of the corneum.
If you rub yourself with a towel after you have been exposed to the
summer sun a good deal and are well tanned,  you may notice that
something black rubs off.  You may  think  you are  dirty,  but this
substance is likely to be small flakes of corneum containing melanin
pigment.  There is much more pigment in Negro skin, and it  is dis-
tributed more uniformly through the epidermis.  Negroes are much
less susceptible to sunburn than are white-skinned people.  Corneum
and epidermis in Negro skin usually is thicker than in white skin, but
it is also somewhat  more opaque. The pigment probably plays a role
in protection. We do not know much about the absorption by melanin
at these wavelengths, however,  and the melanin pigment would not
be expected to be  a  much better absorber  than the protein  of the
corneum.  The effectiveness of the corneum as  an absorber for this
radiation  is no doubt due largely to its being a good light scatterer
on account of its flake-like character;  this effectively lengthens the
path of the rays  through the corneum and permits greater absorption.
The pigment may owe its effectiveness to its being finely divided and
therefore  a good scattering agent.

    The tanning reaction is produced  by the same wavelengths that
cause erythema, but some claim that  longer wavelengths are effec-
tive.  There may be some confusion here. Pigment once produced in
skin tends to bleach  with time, undergoing a reduction to a  leuco-
form. After some weeks the pigment  may seem to have almost dis-
appeared; but if the skin is then  exposed to wavelengths of light from
about 0.3 to 0.4 micron, the pigment darkens. The  spectral rela-
tionship is shown in Figure 3.  The pigment-darkening reaction (PD),
which is much more prominent in some people than in others,  occurs
only when there is  adequate 02  in the skin,  whereas the initial sun-
burning reaction, erythema production,  and pigment production are
virtually  independent of 02.  This complex of factors causes some
confusion about the sunburn  reaction;  some of this  confusion is re-
flected in  the claims for sunburn-preventing lotions that permit tan-
ning without  sunburning. A variety of sun-screening creams and
lotions are on the  market, and no doubt all of them are effective
to a certain extent. The question is how much protection one  needs;
this is determined by the amount of exposure he is going to undergo
and the sensitivity  of his particular skin (2).*


                         SKIN CANCEK

    The role of sunlight in the production of skin cancer is of  special
interest.  The evidence for this is of several kinds.  Negroes,  who are
relatively insensitive to sunburn, are also relatively immune to  cancer
of the skin.  Among the white population, cancers of the  skin occur
most  frequently on the parts that are not  habitually covered  with

* Certain rare diseases are caused by light of wavelengths longer than 0.32
  micron, to which the above rules for protection obviously do not apply (5).
114                                 HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
 clothing, a very large proportion on the face.  Some evidence indicates
 a north-south distribution of skin cancer; it has been claimed that
 outdoor workers  are  more likely to  get skin  cancer than indoor
 workers, but this claim is not yet on a sound epidemiological and sta-
 tistical basis.  Perhaps the most convincing evidence is that one  can
 induce cancers of the skin of mice or rats by repeated exposure to
 ultraviolet light of the same wavelengths that cause sunburn;  under
 appropriate conditions 100 percent are affected.  In experiments of
 this kind in our laboratory at  the National Cancer  Institute albino
 mice were subjected  to carefully measured doses  of radiation at
 regular intervals:  once a day, once a day for 5 days a week,  and
 once a week. After  about 3  or  4  months  the animals began to
 develop tumors of the skin. Figure  4  shows  time to appearance of
 tumor  plotted against percentage of mice with  tumor.  The higher
 the dose or the shorter  the interval between  doses, the shorter was
 the time to appearance of tumor; the four curves from four experi-
 ments represent the three different dose-conditions.  In Figure 5  the
 same data are plotted on the basis of the logarithms of the time to
 appearance of tumor; the data for the four  experiments are fitted
 by similar S-shaped curves representing  the integrals of a normal
 distribution. In Figure 6 the points from these same experiments and
 quite a number more,  involving a total of over 600 mice,  are pushed
 together to a common mean value on  the abscissa; the  same  curve
 describes  the data quite accurately.  In  all these experiments  the
 dosage of ultraviolet light was continued until the tumors appeared.
 The dosage was stopped early in some experiments with the result that
 the tumors were delayed  in appearing,, as is  shown in Figure 7.  I
 present these data to indicate that we have something here that is
 quantitatively satisfying and should  be susceptible  to analysis.

     Such analysis permits  a few definite  conclusions (3).  Whatever
 the action of ultraviolet light  that underlies  the production of  the
 cancers, it is cumulative; and the effect is  irreversible. A number of
 other things might be said about mechanism; but these  two points
 bear particularly on the problem of skin cancer in man. Carrying
 this reasoning over from the mouse to man,  one may conclude that
 all of us have some beginnings of cancer in skin that has been exposed
 to ultraviolet  light. But  statistics indicate  that only a very few of us
 will develop observable skin cancers in our lifetimes—depending, we
 may suppose,  on exposure, individual susceptibility, and luck. I don't
 think most of us should worry about this very much, although anyone
 who has already had a cancer of the skin ought to be careful to avoid
 sunlight; this  does not  mean shunning the  light of day but only stay-
ing out of it  or behind  window glass  during the hours of severest
 exposure.  Those who are  habitually exposed to the sun, such  as
 farmers in some of our Southwestern states  or Australia  or  other
 areas of high insolation, may find it  an important problem.

     Although the evidence  converges  to indicate that sunlight is
 probably an important etiologic  factor in cancer of the skin, particu-
 larly in white-skinned people,  this is difficult to prove statistically.
 We  lack good epidemiological  studies made in coordination with
Blum                                                         115

-------
     I
            I
  0.24  0.26   0.28
0.30   0.32.   0.34   0.36

   WAVELENGTH, JU.
0.38   0.40   0.42
Figure 3 — Relationships of spectra. PD, pigment darkness spectrum; E, erythemal spectrum;
S,  spectrum of sunlight.  Ordinates are not quantitatively comparable.  (From  H.  F. Blum,
  Carcinogenes/s by Ultraviolet Light.  1959.  Princeton Univ. Press.  Used  with permission.)
         o
         o r
       in'
       K
       O
        Jo
        t "


        Is

        08
       UJ o
       O n
       a:
       UJ
                        100           200

                           DEVELOPMENT  TIME
                                                    300
                                                                  4OO
                                                         days
Figure 4 — Induction of skin cancers in albino mice with repeated doses of utraviolet light.

Data from  four experments; development time is time from first dose to appearance of tumor.

(From H.  F. Blum, Carcinogenes/j  fa/ Ultraviolet  Light.  Princeton  Univ. Press.  1959.  Used
                                 with  permission.)
116
                   HUMAN  BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
        tO          t.l           tt          14           14           £J
                          DEVELOPMENT  TIME (td),  log days

Figure 5 — Same data as Figure 4,  plotted on semi-logarithmic coordinates.  Curves  are
integral  of  normal  distribution.   (From  H.  F.  Blum,  Carcinogenesis by  Ultraviolet  iighf.
                   Princeton  Univ. Press. 1959. Used  with permission.)

     (00,_
             -O.2
      -OJ             0
TUMOR DEVELOPMENT TIME
 O.I
log days
                                                                        0.2
Figure 6 — Data from eight experiments  including  those described  in Figures 4 and 5 (676
mice total), brought to common mean (zero log days).  (From J. Nat. Cancer Inst., 11:463-495.
                             1950.  Used with permission.)
Blum
                                                                                 117

-------
measurements of sunlight;  both involve considerable  difficulty.  To
make the epidemiological studies we need to know more about types
of skin cancer.  Some types, for example, probably have little  rela-
tionship to sunlight; for example, the melanomas, which often appear
on parts of the body that are not exposed to sunlight.*
   "8"1605o5~
     DEVELOPMENT TIME (Id), days

Figure 7 — Delay in appearance of skin cancers in albino mice as result of discontinued
dosage.  Curve CH-CI describes results  of continuing doses until cancers appeared.  For
other curves, dosage was stopped at times indicated on  abscissa  by respectively labelled
     arrows.  (From J. Nat. Cancer Inst., 11:463-495. 1950. Used  with permission.)

     At present the field is open, as  is any  field where data are not
adequate, and one can hear many conflicting statements.  For exam-
ple,  one idea goes  back to Charles Darwin  in the  middle of the last
century, that the Negroes inhabit the tropics because their pigmenta-
tion protects them against sunlight, and that this is a matter of nat-
ural selection.  Darwin was very cautious about this suggestion; but
others have taken it up, and it has come to be widely accepted.  In
Darwin's time,  and even up to 50 or 60 years ago, little was known
about the action of sunlight on skin.  Today when  we analyze this
particular concept  we find very little to support it (4).

     Until we have better statistical data, it is hard to  assess the im-
portance of the ultraviolet of  sunlight as a cause  of cancer in  man.
When we bring together all the converging evidence, we can hardly
doubt that it is a factor.  We know  that a  very severe sunburn can
* Since this paper was presented, a small conference was held under the
  auspices of the  National Cancer Institute; people particularly interested
  in  this question,  coming from different disciplines, discussed various
  aspects of the problem and how better data could be obtained.  Requests
  for a conference report should be addressed to the author.
H8                                   HUMAN  BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
be a debilitating experience—even a dangerous one—and we might,
without unduly frightening the public, try to wean them a little from
the idea that lots of sunlight on the skin is good.  In the meantime
the action of ultraviolet light offers many problems for  study.


                         DISCUSSION

    Question: Could you tell me a little about the  effect of ultra-
violet light  on eyesight, such  as in chambers having  considerable
numbers of sun lamps?  Is a little looking at them all right and pro-
longed looking not all right?

    Answer:  The  cornea of the eye can be sunburned.  The ultra-
violet wavelengths shorter than about 0.32  micron do not penetrate
very deeply, and probably do not cause cataract as was once thought.
But sunburn of  the  cornea can be very annoying and temporarily
incapacitating, and I suppose repeated dosage could be  dangerous.
Cancers of eye tissue have been produced in mice by repeated dosage
with ultraviolet light (6); but here the amount of radiation reaching
deeper tissue is much greater than in man  because the mouse's eye
is much smaller, so it is difficult to draw any  parallel.  Exposure of the
eye to ultraviolet is  surely something to avoid as much as possible.

    Ordinary glasses will cut out the ultraviolet that  causes sunburn,
but some may get in around the margins, particularly with reflection
from the walls of a room.  Most plastics  now in use also cut out the
sunburning wavelengths  very effectively.

    Question: But ordinary eyeglasses should protect you?

    Answer:  Yes, except for the  ultraviolet light that  may get in
around the margins.

    Question: We are interested in evaluating the effects of air pol-
lution.  I wonder if  you could  say anything about the  bactericidal
action of ultraviolet or its ability to destroy odors in the city?

    Answer:  I  can't say  anything  definite except  that the long-
wavelength  limits for the killing  of bacteria and other  microorgan-
isms is  about the same as the  long wavelength  for sunburn (about
0.32 micron).  The killing of microorganisms seems to be tied closely
to  the absorption spectrum of nucleic acids, which have their long-
wavelength  limits at  about this wavelength.

    As for odors I have no information.

    Question: Is skin cancer thought to be related to some alteration
in  the DNA  in the cells?

    Answer:  In the  present  state of our  knowledge  nucleic  acids
seem  the most probable chromophore, but  the intimate mechanism
of  cancer induction is not understood. One  thing that comes out of
our analysis  is that  there is not  a sudden  mutation at the cellular
level, but a gradual  change, which  is presumably intracellular.  It
Blum                                                         119

-------
seems most unlikely that we deal with a mutation in the usual genetic
sense, but rather with what might be thought of as accumulation of
intracellular mutations at the molecular level.

    Question: Has anyone ever attempted to study the effect of ultra-
violet radiation on bacteria that have not died but whose metabolism
may have been profoundly altered?

    Answer:  Ultraviolet  light has been a powerful tool in  genetic
studies in producing mutations among microorganisms surviving after
treatment; usually a large fraction of the microorganism population is
killed off.

                          REFERENCES

 1.  Bener, P.  Tages-und Jahresgang der spektralen Intensitat der ultra -
    violleten  Global-und Himmelstrahlung bei wolkenfreiem Himmel in
    Davos. Strahlenterapie 123:306-316.  1964.
 2.  Blum, H. F. Sunburn, in Radiation Biology ed. A. Hollaender.  Mc-
    Graw-Hill,  New York.  Chapt. 13, 487-528.  1955.
 3.  Blum, H. F.  Carcinogenesis  by  Ultraviolet  Light.  Princeton  Univ.
    Press. 1959.
 4.  Blum, H. F. Does the melanin pigment of human skin have adaptive
    value? Quart. Rev. Biol.  36:50-63. 1961.
 5.  Blum, H. F.  Photodynamic Action and Diseases Caused by Light. Re-
    printed edition, New York, Hafner Publ. Co. 1964.
 6.  Lippincott, S. W. and Blum, H. F.  J. Nat.  Cancer Inst. 3:454. 1943.
 7.  Schulze, R.  Zum  Strahlungsklima  der Erde.   Arch. Meteorol. Geo-
    physik. Bioklimatol. 12:185-195. 1963.
120                                  HUMAN  BIOMETEOROLOGY

                                                        GPO 8O1—494—5

-------
     HYPOXIA:  HIGH  ALTITUDES REVISITED *

                                               Dr. D. Bruce Dill
                          Department  of Anatomy and Physiology
                                              Indiana University
                                     Bloomington, Indiana 47405|

SUMMARY

    Data on oxygen gradient, basal metabolism, pH  of arterial blood,
and  hemoglobin concentration obtained during the  1962  follow-up
studies to the 1935 International High Altitude Expedition are pre-
sented.
                       INTRODUCTION

    In the summer of 1962 six of the eight surviving members of the
International High Altitude Expedition of 1935 revisited high alti-
tudes in a study of adaptation as related to age. The six are listed in
Table 1. Bryan H. C. Matthews of Cambridge and E. H. Christiansen
of Stockholm could not participate.  H. T. Edwards  died in 1937 and
E. S. G. Barron, in 1957.  Details about the locale, the White Mountain
Research Station, and the scope of the observations have been pub-
lished (4). In this paper we shall refer to each station  in terms of its
mean barometric  pressure (PB):


           Station                 Altitud6'        PB'
                                      m         mm Hg

         Crooked Creek              3093          535
         Barcroft                     3800          485
         Summit                     4343          455
                          METHODS

    First to arrive to set up equipment were J. L. Newton and J. W.
Terman, graduate students, Indiana University. The six subjects then
arrived in pairs at about  10-day intervals. During their first week
these daily  observations were made in the basal state and supine
position:
    1.  respiratory minute volume,  average for  10 minutes  (Tissot
       gasometer),
* Presented at the Sixth Annual Conference on Research in Emphysema,
  Aspen, Colorado, June 12-15, 1963.
t Present address:  Laboratory  of  Desert  Physiology, Nevada Southern
  University, Boulder City, Nevada 89005.
Dill                                                          121

-------
    2.  percentages of CO2 and O2 in the collected expired air (Hal-
       dane apparatus),
    3.  blood pressure, heart rate, respiratory rate,  rectal tempera-
       ture, and body weight,
    4.  8-minutes spirogram with the subject breathing oxygen from
       the Sanborn-Benedict apparatus.  (These measurements in-
       cluded two or three records of expiratory reserve, tidal, in-
       spiratory reserve  and vital capacity volumes.  The maximum
       excursion was the basis for comparison.)

    After these observations had been made at least once in each sta-
tion, arterial blood was  obtained  from the  brachial  artery.  Before
the puncture an end-inspiratory Haldane-Priestley sample  of alveolar
air was obtained; a second sample was  collected during the puncture.
Less frequent observations were later made on Forbes, Hall, and Dill,
who remained 17, 23, and 35 days, respectively.  The other  three sub-
jects departed after 1 week.  Finally some exploratory observations
were made of exercise tolerance by use of the bicycle ergometer.


          Table 1. BASAL OXYGEN CONSUMPTION.
Subject
Dill
Hall
Forbes
McFarland
Keys
Talbott
At sea level,
ml 02/min
213
255
227
242
236
231
First week at altitude,
% of sea-level value
PB = 535
108
108
111
119
105
111
PB = 485 PB
121
109
112
119
106
110
= 455
121
111
107
100
122
113
    Average     234             110         113          112

                Subsequent weeks at PB = 485, % of sea-level value

Dill
Hall
Forbes
2nd week
109
102
100
3rd week
108
105
101
4th week 5th week
105 112


                           RESULTS

RESPIRATORY MINUTE VOLUME, VE

    Respiratory adaptations  have been described(6).  The average
percentage increases  expressed at  BTPS  (body temperature  and
pressure, saturated) are given for each station:
122                                 HUMAN  BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
            PB>                           Average
          mm Hg                  ventilation increase, %

            535                              20
            485                              34
            455                              44


 Comparable observations were not made on these men  in 1935, but
 Chiodi(3) has made similar observations on young men: their re-
 sponses were on a par with ours.

    The average observed V values, BTPS, were inversely  propor-
 tional to the partial pressure of oxygen in the atmosphere. Observa-
 tions of Dill were continued for 5 weeks. A steady state  was  reached
 in the second week, as shown in the following comparison, taking the
 sea level value as 100:

                                          vl
 	PB, mm Hg 535	485	455	

            1st week          114         141         143
            2nd week                      119         133
            4th week                      120         131
            5th week                      117


    Cheyne-Stokes  breathing(7), was not  obvious  while subjects
 were awake but frequently occurred during sleep.  One awakens with
 an acute air hunger and breathes rapidly and deeply for a minute
 or less.


 BASAL OXYGEN  CONSUMPTION

    The many records in the literature of basal oxygen consumption
 at altitude leave one undecided as to whether it differs from that at
 sea level. One such study (11) reported increases from 6 to 11 percent
 indoors at 3,470 m  and much greater increases outdoors in the sun,
 with subjects clothed and unclothed.  A review of  14 studies of basal
 oxygen consumption at altitude (1) revealed  changes ranging  from
 0 to 49 percent with median values of 7.5  percent at 3,470 meters
 and 8 percent at 2,900 meters. Balke reported an average increase of
 only 1.4 percent; he believed that the wide range  of values reported
 in the literature can be explained by fluctuation in factors other than
 altitude, including radiation, temperature, and the degree and in-
 tensity of prior exercise. The last factor may play a major role:  the
 residual effects of long-lasting strenuous exercise  on  resting oxygen
 consumption  may last many  hours or even  days (9).  In a  recent
 study(8), three measurements were made of Vo2 on successive days
first at Denver, 1,600 meters,  and  then on Mt. Evans, 4,320  meters.
Dill                                                          123

-------
 In  one male and one female  Vo2 decreased 5 percent. In  another
 female and in three males the increases ranged from 4 to 8 percent.
 The ages ranged from 24 to 37 years.

     Our observations appear to be the first on record on men of ages
 58  to  71  at altitude.  The summary  of basal Vo2  values in Table 1
 clearly demonstrates that an increase occurred in all subjects, averag-
 ing from  10 to  13 percent in the six subjects during the first week at
 altitude.  Values for Dill, Hall, and Forbes  remained elevated during
 subsequent weeks, although less so than during the first week. Heart
 rate tended to  increase with the  metabolic rate, but the correlation
 was low; evidently in the basal  state independent  influences affect
 heart rate and  metabolic rate.

     Interpretation of our findings is difficult because of the  lack of
 prior comparable measurements  on  four  of us previously at high
 altitudes. We do have single observations on Talbott and Dill before,
 during, and after our 1929 Leadville study at 3,100  meters:


Dill
Talbott

Before
246
242
Voo, ml/min
During
230
240

After
220
265
These values are all within the normal day-to-day range; at altitude
the Voa was the same or slightly below the average at sea level. We
were moderately active in climbing at Leadville.  In 1962 none of us
exercised much and during the first week very little.  Hence the long-
lasting increase in basal Vo2 that follows strenuous exercise could
not have explained the increase in metabolic rate seen  in all of us
in 1962.  For  the  moment we shall describe this increase as being
associated with age for reasons  unknown.

GAS  EQUILIBRIA IN  THE LUNGS

    Observations on the composition of alveolar air and arterial blood
have been reported (14). Compared with responses of the subjects in
1935, alveolar pCO2 values were somewhat lower for a given altitude.
This seems somewhat incongruous since their  respiratory  minute vol-
umes averaged the same as those reported for young men(3). Except
for Hall the difference is small; it may be accounted for by individual
differences unrelated to age.  There was  no significant  gradient of
pCO2 from  blood  to  alveoli.  On the other  hand,  the gradient for
oxygen averaged +3.0 mm Hg in 1935 as compared to 12.4 in 1962.
In two young men, Terman and  Newton, the p02  gradient was low as
in ourselves in 1935.

    By  virtue of  the increased alveolar ventilation and the  main-
tenance of an alkaline  pH (about 7.5), we  were able to maintain
about the same percentage saturation  of arterial  blood with oxygen
124                                 HUMAN BIOMETEOKOLOGY

-------
 as seen in young men at comparable altitudes, a topic we will now
 consider.

 ACID-BASE BALANCE AND  PERCENT OXYHEMOGLOBIN

     Studies  of arterial blood included determination of pHs)  CO ,
 and O2 contents,  of hemoglobin by the cyanmethemoglobin method,
 and of  CO2  and  O2 contents of blood equilibrated at known  pCO2
 and pO2 values and at body temperature.  The pO2 in the tonometer*
 172 mm Hg, was adequate to saturate the hemoglobin and  thus  to
 give the oxygen combining  capacity.  The pCO2 in the tonometer was
 34.7. From this baseline and the known properties of blood we calcu-
 lated the T40, i.e., the CO2  content of  oxygenated  blood at pCO2 =
 40 mm Hg.  The interrelations between these measurements enabled
 us to check  the reliability  of our results.  In addition,  as reported
 elsewhere (4), some of our measurements were compared with  those
 made by Severinghaus with a gratifying outcome.
     The summary of  our findings in  Table  2 shows  a moderately
 uniform pattern of  response. The average CO2  combining capacity
 of oxygenated blood, T40, declined almost 2.4  mM in the  six subjects
 during  the first week.  It did not change significantly thereafter in
 the  two subjects studied. In  round numbers  the decrease was  from
 21 to 19 mM.  Among the  six individuals only Hall departed  from
 the  pattern.  His T40 was low at the  beginning; it ranged from 19.1
 at the beginning to  a  minimum of 17.6 at the summit a week  later
 and then increased to a final value of 19.0 in the third week at PB 485.
     The pH  of arterial serum showed an immediate response; it was
 7.40 at  sea level and averaged 7.49 on the first day at PB 535. It in-
 creased  to 7.53 at PB 485 and to 7.54 at the summit PB 455. In Hall
 and Dill it remained  stabilized at about this level  during the re-
 mainder of their stays. Dill was the  only one to depart much  from
 the  general  response:   his pHs  was 7.41  the  first  day,  whereas the
 others ranged from  7.48 to 7.52.

     Values for percentage saturation  of hemoglobin were more  scat-
 tered than those for other  properties of  the  blood.  At  PB 535 the
 range was from 76  in  Dill  to 88  in  Keys.  At PB  435,  Talbott  was
 lowest,  69, and McFarland highest, 82. In subsequent weeks at  PB 485
 Dill's values  were 83 and 86 and Hall's 84 and 84.  Finally, during a
 visit to  the summit in the fourth week Dill's value was  81 percent,
 compared with 73 percent 3  weeks earlier.

     The barometric pressure at the  summit,  455, was appreciably
 greater  than  at the Montt station in our 1935 study (5), 429 mm.  This
 difference must be taken into account  in considering the following
 averages for 10 men at  Montt and for 6 of them at the summit in 1962.
Arterial HbO2, %
Arterial pHe
1935, PB = 429
78.0
7.45
1962, PB = 455
79.0
7.49
Dill                                                           125

-------
  Table 2.  ACID-BASE BALANCE AND PERCENT OXYHEMO-
       GLOBIN IN ARTERIAL BLOOD IN BASAL STATE

Subject

Dill
Hall
Forbes
McF.
Keys
Talbott
Avgs.



Dill
Hall
First week at altitude
at sea level
T40a pHE %HbQ2
21.7 7.42 93
19.1 7.38 97
21.6 7.38 92
22.5 7.40 95
20.9 7.40 99
21.5 7.43 94
21.2 7.40 95
PB = 535
T40 pHs%Hib02
20.6 7.41 76 '
18.0 7.50 94
19.1 7.50 87
20.4 7.48 84
21.1 7.51 91
21.9 7.52 82
20.2 7.49 8&
PB = 485
Ti0 P«,%Hb02
20.4 7.52 76
18.6 7.56 80
19.1 7.52 82
19.5 7.52 80
20.2 7.56 88
20.6 7.53 78
19.7 7.53 81
PB = 455
T40 pHK%Mbt32
20.9 7.53 73
17..6 7.53 87
18.2 7.57 83
18.7 7.53 82
18.2 7.54 80
19.1 7.52 69
18.8 7.54 79
Subsequent weeks at altitude
PB = 485
2nd week

18.0 7.52 84
PB = 485
3rd week
19.4 7.49 83
19.0 7.50 84
PB = 455
4th week
19.8 7.53 81

PB = 485
5th week
19.2 7.50 86

    a Total CO2 of oxygenated blood at pCO2 = 40 mmHg.

HEMOGLOBIN  CONCENTRATION
    It is well known that one of the  early responses to the stimulus
of oxygen deficiency  is increase in hemoglobin concentration in the
blood. No  exception  has been found to this from  the days  of  Paul
Bert  to recent observations  in Peru (20).  Re-examination  of  data
from  the Anglo-American  expedition to Pike's Peak  in  1911(7)
yielded interesting information. Haldane, aged 51, showed the slowest
rate of increase  in hemoglobin concentration, and at the end of the
35 days on Pike's  Peak the lowest value. Douglas, aged 29,  showed
the most rapid and  the greatest response.  Responses of Henderson
and Schneider, aged 38 and 37, respectively, were intermediate.  Our
findings,  reported by Dill,  Terman,  and Hall,  Clinical Chemistry
9:710-716(1963) in a number honoring D. D. Van Slyke, surprised us.
Five members of our party showed a decrease and the sixth, only a
small increase. In the three subjects  who spent 2 weeks or more at
altitude,  hemoglobin  concentrations rose  above the sea level values
eventually:  in Dill at 23 days, in Hall at 8 days,  and in Forbes at
11 days.

    We have no observations on  blood volume and  hence can  only
speculate on the nature of related responses to high altitude.  One
possible interpretation of our findings is  that in the early stages of
adaptation  in our age range, plasma volume  increases  faster  than
red cell volume.  It does not seem likely that a high  rate of  red cell
destruction was involved, since we did not engage  in much exercise
126
                                    HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
during the first week.  Neither is  it likely that water balance was
upset, since body weight changed little from day to day. The changes
ranged from a gain of 2.5 kg by Talbott to a loss of 2.2 kg by Forbes.
The novelty  of our findings  points to the need  for  further  study.
Frequent  measurement  of red  cell and plasma  volumes should be
coupled with daily observations of hemoglobin concentrations. Cardiac
output might be useful in interpreting observations on work capacity
and other criteria of acclimatization.  The daily urinary content of
erythropoietin might prove significant.

BASAL HEART RATE

     Comprehensive reviews(12, 2)  indicate that up to a critical alti-
tude the basal heart rate eventually returns to  its sea-level  value.
In mountaineers this critical altitude may  be as high as 6500 m(73).
The rate is higher during adaptation and the time required for attain-
ing the sea-level rate is greater as altitude  increases.  Results are
summarized in Table 3.  Dill, McFarland, and Keys showed small
increases during the first 2 days at  PB 535. All but Keys showed in-
creases during the next  3 days at PB 485;  during the next  2 days at
the summit increases above sea level were less and were seen only
in four of us.  In subsequent weeks values at  PB 485 and  455 were
within the day-to-day range of sea-level  values.  Our group tended
to show small increases  during the first week, but in  the three who
stayed longer the sea-level value was  attained.

                Table 3. BASAL  HEART RATES

                         First week at altitude, % of sea-level value
Subject    At sea level      PB =  535	^^     PB _ 455
Dill
Hall
Forbes
McFarland
Keys
Talbott
65
70
61
60
58
66
106
100
98
109
104
99
114
103
107
113
96
122
112
89
108
107
100
106
   Average     63            103           119          104

                 Subsequent weeks; % of sea-level value

2nd
Dill
Hall
Forbes

week
101
107
104
PB = 485
3rd week 4th week
102
106
89
PB = 455
5th week 3rd week
96 106


Average 104           95          102           96          106
Dill                                                           127

-------
 BASAL BLOOD PRESSURE

     The record of basal blood pressures is presented in Table 4. Al-
 though some values  exceeded the expected  day-to-day range, no
 consistent pattern of  response was apparent.

   Table 4.   BASAL  BLOOD  PRESSURES  BY AUSCULTATION
  Subject
                At sea level
     First week at altitude,
      % of sea-level value
                                                      PR = 455
Dill
Hall
Forbes
McFarland
Keys
Talbott
121/78
140/76
129/88
125/88
123/74
158/114
135/78
143/109
125/75
126/84
142/86
144/88
136/80
136/90
128/80
130/79
146/87
163/98
126/74
140/96
127/71
134/82
136/65
152/93
       Average   135/86
137/87
140/86
136/80
                       Subsequent weeks
                            PB = 485
                       PR = 455
            2nd week  3rd week  4th  week  5th week 3rd week
Dill
Hall
Forbes
126/78
124/84
130/85
132/80
140/85
132/80
140/78


126/80


130/84


PARTITION OF LUNG VOLUMES

    Observations of the  breathing  pattern  and partition  of  lung
volumes  were made with the  Sanborn-Benedict apparatus two or
more times at each station and once or more at sea level. The pattern
at altitude may have been altered as part of  the response to the in-
creased oxygen pressure.  We have  no evidence as to the nature or
magnitude of such possible effects.  Hence for the moment we  shall
devote our attention to lung  volumes.  The procedure was to obtain
a 2- or 3-minute record after the subject had been in the supine posi-
tion for y2 hour or longer. He  was  then instructed to expire slowly
and completely and then to inspire  slowly and to his limit. He re-
sumed natural breathing for 2 or 3 minutes, then the maneuver was
repeated in reverse order. The maximum excursion was taken as the
record of vital capacity.  The best-fitting  parallel lines  were drawn
to represent the  end-tidal and beginning-tidal excursions. The ver-
tical distance from the point of maximum expiration to the line of
end-tidal excursions is  taken  as a  measure  of expiratory reserve
volume.  Similarly the vertical  distance from the line of beginning-
tidal excursions  to the point of maximum inspiration measures the
128
                                   HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
inspiratory reserve volume.  These distances measured in mm  are
converted to ml; on our apparatus 1 mm =  20.9 ml. Volumes were
then calculated to conditions in the lung, BTPS.

    The  results, summarized  in  Table 5,  showed  large  differences
between  individuals.   Dill's  vital capacity  was down 1/6  at  PB
485 but thereafter was as high or higher  than  at  sea  level.  Hall's
vital capacity was down 1/6 during the first 2 days at PB 535.  It was
higher at PB 485 than at PB 535. Thereafter it was near  the sea-level
value.  Forbes'  vital capacity was down by 3 to 10 percent at each
station. McFarland's vital capacity, if it changed at all, was  higher
at altitude than at sea level. We have no sea-level measurements on
Keys, but his  vital capacity was higher at the low  and the upper
stations than at the intermediate station. Talbott showed the greatest
changes.  His vital capacity was down 10 percent at PB 535, 20 per-
cent at PB 485, and 27  percent at PB 455.

EXERCISE

    In cooperation with  Bruno  Balke our  group  measured exer-
cise tolerance  on  a few occasions. Since the full details  have been
published (J.  Appl. Physiol. 19:483-488(1964)  only a summary is
given here.  The test involved adding  equal increments to the work
load on the bicycle ergometer minute-by-minute and measuring  the
ventilation and oxygen consumption during each of the last few min-
utes as the subject was approaching his limit. After about two days
at PB 485 the maximal Vo2 was 55 percent of the sea-level value in
McFarland, 80  percent in Keys, and 56 percent in  Talbott. After a
week it was  72 percent in Dill.  These studies were continued on Dill.
After 20  days at  altitude his  performance at PB 485 was up to 78
percent, and after 35  days, 88  percent of his Indiana maximum.  A
week earlier at PB 455 he reached 83 percent of his Indiana maximum.
This marked improvement was not wholly due to acclimatization to
low oxygen:   an  ergometer test made a  few days  later at Santa
Barbara,  thanks to the hospitality of  S. M. Horvath and staff at  the
University of California,  revealed an oxygen intake 5 percent larger
than during  the previous year in Indiana.
                         DISCUSSION

    A few generalizations may be made. One of the most surprising
is that none of us showed a rapid increase  in hemoglobin concentra-
tion.  On the contrary five of us showed a  decrease; the oldest, Dill,
showed the  greatest decrease—about  5 percent—and he did not ex-
ceed his sea-level value  for 3 weeks. Having made this finding  we
discovered that there was an inkling of this  phenomenon in the report
of the Anglo-American expedition of 1911 (7). Further studies are re-
quired for an understanding of this phenomenon.

    For reasons unknown, the basal  oxygen consumption tended  to
increase.  This happens sometimes but not  always in young men.  In
Dill
                                                             129

-------
                             Table  5.  PARTITION OF LUNG VOLUMES AT ALTITUDE

                                      (Subject supine; volume in liters, BTPS)
I
1
H
M
O
Sea level
Subject
Dill
Hall
Forbes
McFarland
Keys
Talbott

Dill
Hall
Forbes
Exp.
res.
0.57
0.56
0.64
0.05

0.29
2nd
0.63
0.68
0.63
Tidal
0.79
0.76
0.90
0,58

0.54
week,
0.85
0,79
0.81
Insp.
res.
1.67
3.22
3.46
4.45

3.28
PB-
1.97
3.05
3.08
V.C.
3.03
4.54
5.00
5.08

4.11
485
3.45
4.52
4.52
Exp.
res.
0.69
0.14
0.47
0.37
0.48
0.17
3rd
0.36
0.47

PB = 535
. Tidal
0.85
0.70
0.95
0.69
0.78
0.76
week,
0.66
1.00

Insp.
res.
1.66
2.93
2.99
4.29
3.14
2.76
PB =
1.99
2.99

V.C.
3.20
3.81
4.41
5.33
4.40
3.69
485
3.01
4.46

Exp,
res.
0.37
0.40
0.73
0.27
0.57
0.17
4th
0.65


PB = 485
. Tidal
0.74
0.81
0.85
0.74
0.98
0.78
week,
0.82


Insp.
res.
1.43
2.85
3.27
3.99
2.55
2.27
PB =
1.66


V.C.
2.54
4.06
4,87
5.00
4.10
3.22
455
3.13


Exp
res.
0.72
0.40
0.69

0.53
0.20
5th
0.52


PB = 455
. Tidal
0.68
0.93
0.81

0.85
0.81
week,
0.77


Insp.
res.
1.74
3.09
3.26

2.97
1.97
PB =
1.87


V.C.
3.14
4.42
4.76

4.35
2.98
485
3.16



-------
ycnmg men it may be explained in various ways, including the long-
cotttiflaued after-effects of strenuous  exercise. Nothing unusual was
noted in the responses of the heart rate or blood pressure.

    The gradient  of pCO2.  from arterial blood to alveolar air was
normal, trait the gradient of p
-------
were both subjects and investigators; they lengthened  their stay on
this account. Ancel Keys, R.  A. McFarland, and J.  H.  Talbott each
took a week out of busy lives to participate.  All tolerated  the dis-
comfort and even  the ordeal of arterial  punctures  with scarcely a
murmur.  Our  exercise  studies  were carried  out with  Bruno Balke
and will be reported jointly with him.  Finally, the summer's  work
was brought to a successful conclusion by  Sid Robinson, then head of
the Department of  Anatomy and Physiology, Indiana University.
                           REFERENCES

 1. Balke, B.  Energiebedarf  im Hochgebirge.  Klin.  Wochschr.  23:223-
    226. 1944.  Additional details were contained in a  thesis submitted to
    the Univ. of Leipsig. These details have been supplied by Balke since
    the thesis is not available.
 2. Brendel, W. Anpassung von Atmung, Hamoglobin, Korpertemperatur
    und Kreislauf bei langfristigem Aufenthalt in grossen Hohen  (Hima-
    laya)  Arch, ges, Physiol.  (Pfluegers)  263:227-252.  1956.
 3. Chiodi,  H.  Respiratory adaptations to  chronic  high  altitude hypoxia.
    J. Appl. Physiol. 10:81-87. 1957.
 4. Dill, D. B.  Reunion at high altitude.  Physiologist 6:40-43.  1963.
 5. Dill, D. B., Christensen, E. H. and Edwards, H. T. Gas equilibria in the
    lungs at high altitudes. Am. J. Physiol. 115:530-538.  1936.
 6. Dill, D. B., Forbes, W. H., Newton, J. L. and Terman, J. W.  Respiratory
    adaptations to high altitude as related to age. Chapter 5 in the volume,
    Relations of Development  and Aging. Chas. C. Thomas & Co., Spring-
    field, 111. 1964.
 7. Douglas, C.  G., Haldane, J.  S., Henderson, Y.  and Schneider,  E. C.:
    Physiological observations made on Pike's Peak, Colorado, with special
    reference to adaptation to low barometric pressures.  Phil. Trans. Roy.
    Soc. B203:  185-318. 1913.
 8. Grover, R. C. Basal oxygen consumption at altitude.  J. Appl. Physiol.
    18:909-912.  1963.
 9. Herxheimer, H.,Wissing, E. and Wolff, E. Spatwirkungen erschopfender
    Muskelarbeit auf  den Sauerstofrverbrauch.  Z.  ges.  exptl. Med. 51:
    916-928.  1926.
10. Hurtado, A.,  Merino,  C.  and Delgado, E.  Influence of anoxemia  on
    the hemopoietic activity. Arch. Internal Med. 75:284-323.  1945.
11. Kestner,  D. and Schadow, H.  Strehlung, Atmung  and Gaswechsel.
    Arch. ges. Physiol. (Pfluegers) 217:492-503 . 1927.
12. Luft,  U. C. Die  Hohenanpassung. Arch.  ges.  Physiol.  (Pfluegers)
    44:257-314.  1941.
13. Pugh, L. G. C. E. Animals in high altitudes:  Man above 5,000 meters.
    Chapt. 55 in Adaption to  the Environment. Am. Physiol.  Soc., Wash-
    ington, D. C.  1964.
14. Terman, J. W. and Newton, J. L.:  Changes in arterial and alveolar gas
    tensions as  related to altitude and age. J. Appl. Physiol. 1963.
132                                   HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
                     INDOOR  CLIMATE

                                             Dr. Joseph Akerman
                            Department of  Mechanical Engineering
                                       The University of Michigan
                                             Ann Arbor, Michigan
 SUMMARY
     Indoor climate is discussed in terms of associated factors:  atmos-
 pheric dry bulb temperature, relative humidity,  air velocity, mean
 radiant temperature, and air contaminants, particularly carbon  di-
 oxide, control (heating, air conditioning, and ventilation), optimum
 climate (activity to  be conducted), and effectiveness of control (op-
 timum from 97 to 70 percent).  Variables  affecting control  include
 sex, age, weight,  degree of acclimatization, type  of  activity,  and
 clothing.  Man's  interaction with  his atmospheric surroundings  is
 defined as a zone or band,  rather  than  a straight-line relationship.

                       INTRODUCTION

     The purpose of  this presentation is  a general discussion of the
 factors that we normally  associate  with  indoor  climate and of their
 effects on the people who  are  confined  within indoor spaces.  My
 contacts with certain researchers indicate that we are just beginning
 in this area and that we may find some radically different approaches
 to housing, house construction, construction  materials, and the whole
 matter of the structures in which  people live and work and move
 around.  Some of the very fundamental concepts of  housing  are
 strictly traditional—things are  done because they have always been
 done that way. I think that we are going to have some real break-
 throughs in housing.

     When we discuss indoor climate, we usually consider such things
 as atmospheric dry bulb temperature, relative humidity, air velocity,
 and a long-neglected element,  the  temperature of surrounding sur-
 faces—sometimes given as the mean radiant temperature. Then there
 are what we might call normal air contaminants, if we think in terms
 of lecture halls, classrooms,  theatres, homes, offices,  and other struc-
 tures that do not  have industrial contaminations. Industrial struc-
 tures and buildings  can present a whole  new field  of contaminants.

    I have been doing some work  with the Office  of Civil  Defense
 recently; when we talk about the civil defense shelters,  we must take
 into account  factors  that we do not normally consider—such things
 as the carbon dioxide content of the  air and oxygen depletion.

                           CONTROL

    We can approach this matter of indoor climate from the stand-
point of its control by heating,  air conditioning, ventilation,  or some
Akerman                                                      133

-------
combination of these.  Or  we may  consider a  climate  that we are
simply checking to determine its acceptability  and whether it  will
adversely affect some operation.  This approach, of course,  requires
a somewhat different type  of analysis. Even when  an indoor climate
is controlled, certain activities or operations are involved. Specifica-
tion of  the most  desirable climate  cannot be separated from the
nature of the  activities to  be conducted in the  enclosed space.

                    INDICES  OF COMFORT

    Let us discuss specific indoor spaces with controlled climates.
We most frequently  control the climate from the standpoint of com-
fort.  The factors that affect the comfort of an individual are such
that regardless of what you do to the climate, not everybody will be
comfortable.  The Heating  and Ventilating  Society at one time pro-
duced a comfort chart showing  "percentage of people feeling com-
fortable." The maximum shown  was 97 percent; this  was with very
carefully controlled  conditions that were varied until the maximum
number of people said they were comfortable.  In a less idealized
situation about the best one can do is to get about  70  percent of any
statistically average group comfortable.  Among the variables are
sex, age,  weight,  degree  of acclimatization, type  of activity,  and
clothing. Since these factors vary among individuals, it is impossible
to devise any set of conditions that will make everybody comfortable.
Since all of these factors do affect comfort, it is little wonder that re-
searchers have failed to  develop  one single index number to specify
degree of comfort, although they have tried very hard to do so.
    The list of the indices of comfort that have been proposed  and
evaluated is very long. Gagge has proposed "operative temperature";
Missenard  has proposed a "resultant  temperature";  Vernon  and
Warner have proposed a "corrected effective temperature." There is
the concept of "effective warmth."  There is an "effective tempera-
ture," originated by Houghten   with the  Heating and  Ventilating
Society laboratory in about 1923. The Heating and Ventilating Society
has since proposed a "revised effective temperature."  An "equivalent
temperature" is more commonly used on the continent and especially
in England. This terminology was developed by Duffton, who pro-
posed it in 1932. He  worked with a device that he called a eupatheo-
scope, and in 1936 he developed a Mark II eupatheoscope.  When you
check the literature  on this "equivalent temperature," you must find
out whether the reference  concerns  Duffton's 1932 or Duffton's 1936
instrument. Then, in a conference sponsored by the  Office  of  Civil
Defense a physician from the Navy presented a paper  indicating that
the Navy didn't approve of any of these indices;  the Navy uses a
term  called "effective temperature"—the  same name as  that used by
the Heating  and  Ventilating Society,  but  calculated  in a totally
different way.

                     BODY ADAPTATION

    My reaction to this confused situation is that each of these con-
cepts has substantial merit. But  we must consider that man's inter-
134                                 HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
reaction  with his atmospheric  surroundings is not a  straight-line
proposition. That is, human physiology does not have a single vari-
able by which it controls temperature, the control varying in some
sort of a straight-line relationship with  any  one parameter.  The
human body adapts itself to its surroundings by different mechanisms
when subjected  to different thermal surroundings.

    Instead of trying to find a straight-line relationship, we can say
that physiological reaction to thermal  surroundings goes by zones  or
bands, depending upon the  type of physiological adaptation that the
human body is making. I classify this adaptation into  seven zones,
or types, of reaction.  I do this because the physiological  reaction is
different in each of these zones. When a person is normally relaxed
and the body is  making no particular attempt to adapt itself to  its
thermally  related surroundings, there is no  particular dilation  or
contraction of the blood vessels and no abnormal pulse  rate or  any-
thing of this sort. I call this the Neutral  Zone of Adaptation,  which,
in general corresponds to the Comfort Zone.   What happens if the
atmospheric conditions become warmer? (Not necessarily a matter of
dry-bulb  temperature or wet-bulb  temperature or radiation, but
perhaps a combination of several or all of these things.) If the  body
senses a warmer situation,  the first thing that  happens is a dilation
of the peripheral blood  vessels.  This dilation transfers  the blood
circulation closer to the skin; it changes the thermal conductivity of
the flesh, and it changes some of the modes of  heat exchange  within
the body. I find the human body to be a fascinating subject for engi-
neering analysis.  It has  some very  good  built-in heat exchangers.
When blood  flows down to the extremities, the extremities tend to
assume a temperature close to that of the deep-tissue  temperature.
The blood  coming back dissipates  heat through the flesh to the skin,
whence it leaves by the standard heat transfer methods of conduction,
convection, and  radiation.  This is in a condition  that is just slightly
warmer than normal or neutral. In the next higher zone of regula-
tion we have a  completely different  mechanism for cooling.  If this
peripheral vessel dilation  cannot regulate the amount of heat dissipa-
tion from the body, then we get into a sweating regime.  The tempera-
ture at which sweating starts is different for different people,  and it
is also different  with different levels of activity. But when sweating
starts, heat is dissipated by evaporation.  Thus we cannot assume a
straight-line relationship based on temperature to indicate heat dis-
sipation when one form of heat dissipation is  by radiation and con-
vection and another  is by evaporation.   The  next  zone  might not
be classed  as  a  separate  zone of regulation because it is the  zone
beyond regulation.  If  the thermally related conditions are such that
the body cannot  dissipate heat at  the  correct rate, then you go into
a storage regime. Heat remains in the  body, body  temperature  begins
to increase, and  if this continues for an extended  time you just have
to write off the  individual as a  dead loss.  This is actually a  failure
of heat regulation.

    Now let us come back down to the Normal or Neutral Zone and
see  what happens in the  cooler situations. If the sensation devices
Akerman                                                      135

-------
 within  the body indicate that the heat dissipation is too great and
 that it  should  be reduced (and this is what happens when  we feel
 cold), the peripheral blood  vessels  begin to contract;  the  blood
 circulation is  still down the  deep-seated  arteries,  but the  return
 circulation is back up through veins that are deeper in the flesh and
 therefore further from the skin.  This action  changes the thermal
 conductivity of the flesh.  It also puts the two streams of blood closer
 together dimensionally and creates a fairly effective heat exchanger,
 so that  the warm blood  going down the  arms and legs is cooled by
 the blood coming back.  You have a distinct drop  in temperature of
 the extremities—the fingers and  toes—and the blood coming back
 from  these extremities is warmed by the blood going down.  Nature
 is very  effectively trying to maintain the temperatures in the vital
 organs  of the  body—the brain,  the heart, the lungs, etc.  This is,
 again, a method of heat regulation entirely  different from the others.
 Now suppose that this still can't do the job.  The  body temperature
 continues to drop, and nature wants to take corrective action.  The
 next step is for the body to start  an involuntary action that increases
 the amount of heat generation; this is the shivering regime. The body
 actually does  internal frictional  work,  which  generates more heat
 energy  and  tries to  compensate for this heat loss.  Finally,  if all of
 these regimes  cannot control the situation, you again go into a nega-
 tive storage situation. Body temperature starts dropping,  and if it
 drops too much,  you again have a failure  of the heat-regulation
 mechanism.

    The reason,  then, that we have such a  confused  situation on
 comfort indexes  is that  the heat-regulation mechanisms operate in
 bands or zones, and no  one index  will give you  a continuous line
 through all of these zones.  These  zones are  not  rigidly  fixed; the
 boundaries  between  them  vary  among  individuals.  For  example,
 the point of initial  sweating may  vary, even with people at rest,
 between 86 and 91.4 degrees.  It varies even more with people under
 various  levels  of physical activity.  In addition to these variations,
 research in the United  States indicates that the conditions under
which people  are comfortable today are somewhat  different  from
those  shown by  experimental results  obtained back in the 1920's;
these, in turn,  differ very substantially from those that have been
 arrived  at in England.


                  TEMPERATURE-HUMIDITY

    In the zone of neutral  adaptation, the  comfort zone, apparently
 the principal parameter  affecting comfort is  the dry bulb  tempera-
 ture.  Second to this is the temperature of surrounding surfaces; that
 is, the  mean radiant temperature.  Relative humidity  seems to be
 much less  important than was  thought at one time.  This was  a
 defect in the original "effective temperature" of the Society of Heat-
 ing and Ventilating  engineers and the comfort zone that they estab-
 lished originally.  Their  latest revision shows that the majority of
 people are comfortable at a dry-bulb temperature of about 77.5°F.
                                    HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
The line is essentially a straight line and is virtually independent of
relative humidity between values of about 20 percent on the low end
and nearly 80 percent on the high end.  The maximum number of
comfort votes came at about 77.5 degrees. Now this value  disagrees
with results of studies in the 1920's, in which the maximum comfort
temperature was somewhat  lower—about 72°F.  A very  extensive
study, also in the 1920's, by the New York State Commission on Ven-
tilation for  Schools placed  the  temperature for maximum comfort
even lower,  at around 67°F.
    One of the experimenters in England has interviewed over 3,000
subjects in factories.  The figures aren't  meaningful until you know
the conditions under which the studies were taken.  This was a group
of between 3,000 and 3,200 people, probably acceptable as statistically
large enough. These were female factory workers doing light factory
work, essentially sitting at tables.  The maximum-comfort response
for the group was listed  at temperatures between  62 and  64°F,
dry bulb.
    I started working in the heating area nearly 30 years ago,  and
in the earlier days I did quite a bit of service work on heating plants.
From time  immemorial  the standard  heating  specification in  the
United States has been 70°F, but in the whole time that I have been
associated with the  heating business I don't think I have seen  a half
dozen thermostats set at 70.  I've seen them all the way  from 72,
which is a fairly common setting, to 74 which is also fairly common,
and on up to 78.
    The matter of humidity, as far as comfort is concerned, is even
more controversial  than  temperature.  In one reference I  can cite,
the author makes the flat  statement that  there is absolutely not one
iota of experimental evidence to indicate that humidity has anything
whatsoever  to do with comfort.  I suspect  that  this is a somewhat
biased position, because this gentleman is arguing for low humidities
in residences. He contends that high humidities are doing some struc-
tural damage to  residences.  Now maybe the  effect of humidity has
been overestimated, but I could not go along with the statement that
there is not one single item of evidence to indicate its effect on com-
fort.  I think that the old comfort chart of the Society of Heating and
Ventilating did overemphasize the effect of humidity.  Regardless of
the effect  of humidity on the sensation of warmth (you  see I'm not
saying "comfort" now, I'm saying "warmth"), I think that in a range
of possibly  20 to 80  percent relative humidity there is not much
effect.  An indoor climate that is  too dry produces side  effects that
are highly undesirable and  tend to make the individual highly  un-
comfortable.  For example,  when  the  relative humidity drops too
low,  I immediately  begin to get a dryness of nose and throat that  is
extremely irritating.

              MEAN RADIANT TEMPERATURE

    In the United States  the matter of mean radiant temperatures
was  long  overlooked.  In  the original research  of the  Heating  and
Akerman

-------
Ventilating  Society on  comfort, the subjects were  tested in a  test
chamber in which the walls were at the same temperature as that of
the air;  the  effects of  mean radiant temperature were  completely
masked in this study.  Although this study was a monumental break-
through in the study of comfort, we must recognize that it was done
before all the factors were tied  down.  Baker, in England, started
working on radiant heating concepts, and one of his disciples, Adlam,
came over to the United States and carried the gospel over here. While
I am not a strong exponent of radiant heating, I think that one thing
that this movement did was to emphasize that there  is such a thing
as a radiant effect that must be taken into account. The general rule
of thumb is  that you can drop the air temperature  in a  room  1°F
for each 1°F increase in mean radiant temperature, starting at about
70°F.

    There may  even  be some  directional  effects  in  radiation.  The
mere fact that you have a high mean radiant temperature does  not
assure comfort if you  have a situation  like that in many school
buildings, where windows contain  a  single glass  and the student's
bodies radiate to this glass. Even a  corresponding  high-temperatiire-
radiating surface in some other direction may not produce comfort.
Nevertheless, all kinds of ridiculous commercial claims are made in
respect to this situation. One company manufactures a school heating
unit that throws  a curtain of warm air  up over the glass; some of
their  salesmen claim that this  blocks the radiation to the glass. If
you can block radiation with an air  current, you are doing something
that I never  had  explained by basic physics.  You can force enough
hot air up over the glass that the rate of heat transfer through  the
glass  climbs to such a high level that  the surface temperature of  the
glass  increases  and thereby  reduces  the  amount  of  radiation.  But
this seems to be to be doing it the hard way.


                      MODEL SETTINGS

    To summarize this  part of the  discussion, we  can say that most
commercial specifications accept 70 °F dry bulb as  the correct winter
temperature. Humidity is usually  specified somewhere  between 30
and 40 percent  for winter comfort  conditions. But most thermostats
are adjusted somewhat higher. Summer conditions almost universally
are specified at 80°F  dry bulb and  50 percent  relative  humidity.
Summer conditions are a little more complex.  In the summertime
there is  a question of just how much comfort you can afford in a
given air-conditioning situation.  Certainly it  is beneficial  in certain
industrial and commercial applications  to  maintain a temperature
below the sweat point, even if it does not produce complete comfort.
For example, if  you maintain  a  drafting room below  the sweat
temperature, you will improve the quality of the tracings tremen-
dously.

    The ideal condition also seems  to depend on the  period of occu-
pancy. At one time we felt that severe physical hazards are involved
138                                 HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
in going into a hot atmosphere from a cooled space and also in coining
to a cooled  space  from a hot atmosphere.  Recent information indi-
cates that this does not produce  much chance of physical  damage,
but certainly it does  produce a psychological shock. To condition a
store or commercial building for people who are coming  in, staying
in a short period of time, and going out, you raise the dry-bulb tem-
perature somewhat and also produce a compensating effect by reduc-
ing the relative humidity.  If  you work with nature and set  up a
situation in  which the perspiration can evaporate quite readily and
let this do a part of the cooling job, then you can produce some fairly
comfortable conditions even at  high temperatures.  We are now talk-
ing about the regime in which there is enough sweating to make this
effective.  If temperatures are below the sweat point, relative humid-
ity will have virtually no effect.  When you complete the  design, set
up the specifications, and get the equipment installed, you'll probably
find that the owner has arbitrarily set the thermostats for the comfort
of his employees  because he  says  clerks  are  harder  to get  than
customers.

                  SPECIAL APPLICATIONS

    I want  to add a few footnotes here about some special  applica-
tions.  The Federal government, through the Department of  Defense,
Office of Civil Defense, is dispensing information  on engineering re-
quirements for fallout shelters. A fallout shelter is a space that pro-
vides a reduced incidence of  radiation;  it you stay in this  shelter for
approximately  two weeks, the radiation level  outside  should  have
fallen enough that you have  a fair chance of survival. Here you are
not designing  for  a plush  situation in  which people  can relax and
enjoy themselves  in complete  comfort  for  2 weeks.  You want  the
people to survive,  and also to be able to do certain tasks  when they
leave the shelter. We are trying to find  some happy medium  between
plush comfort conditions and the minimum conditions required for
survival. One of the first problems you encounter in the design of
mechanical  equipment for fallout shelters  is oxygen concentration.
Air normally contains about 21  percent oxygen;  if the  percentage
goes below about 14 percent, then you begin to encounter difficulties
with the respiration processes.  Fortunately, this is  one of the easier
problems in fallout shelter design. With blast shelters or with  bio-
logical and chemical warfare shelters, which must sometimes be but-
toned up  absolutely tight, you may run into difficulty.  Also in a
submarine or any other completely closed container for human beings,
oxygen concentration may become a matter of grave concern. In the
design of fallout shelters, however, some other  parameter usually is
more important than  the oxygen concentration.  One of these is  the
carbon dioxide concentration.  At present it  is considered that a 3
percent concentration will impair functioning—people can't  perform
minimum routine tasks properly.  The thinking recently was that with
1% or 2  percent concentration, people  would not  be physically im-
paired. Later research has indicated that such concentrations do pro-
duce very definite  physiological changes, some of which will continue
Akerman                                                      139

-------
to affect a person for a week or so  after he leaves the environment
if he has been exposed to it continuously. Here again, you must try
to devise  experiments that are directly related to actual situations.
In the initial studies on  carbon dioxide concentration the subjects
were exposed to the test concentration for 8 hours. Then they left
the test  facilities, went home  to go about  their business—eating,
sleeping, and other activities—for 16 hours in a normal atmosphere.
Then they returned for another 8 hours under test conditions.  Later,
in studies in which subjects remained in the test atmosphere  for 24
hours a day continuously, the experimenters obtained different  re-
sults. The general thinking now is that carbon dioxide concentrations
should be maintained  not  higher  than 1 percent if the exposure is
continuous and  prolonged.  Normally, if ventilation is sufficient to
maintain a concentration of carbon dioxide below  this level, then the
oxygen concentration is also  controlled to a  sufficient extent.

    Recently it  has  become  apparent that substantially more ven-
tilation may be required for heat removal from a fallout shelter than
is required  either to  maintain oxygen supply or to  diminish  the
carbon dioxide  concentration.  The  body is undergoing metabolic
processes  at all times, and  this energy must be dissipated. If a large
number of people are  concentrated  in a small fallout  shelter, fairly
substantial amounts of sensible heat  must be  dissipated.  If conditions
put people in the sweating regime, or if such activities as cooking or
washing throw moisture into the air, you must also remove substan-
tial' amounts of  moisture.  If you do it with  ventilation, the amount
of air required  to reduce  the moisture content of the air is often
greater than the amount necessary to reduce the  dry bulb tempera-
ture, and  the amount required  to reduce the dry bulb temperature
may be substantially greater  than that required to control the con-
centration of carbon dioxide.
                CONTROL AND  EFFICIENCY

    To return to special applications, suppose you wish to specify an
indoor climate for  a factory. Is there any real reason why we should
specify the climate that gives comfort conditions?  This  area has not
been explored adequately by research. Ideally, since  one operates a
factory for a profit, one should try to establish a condition that yields
the greatest rate of productivity from the workers. Very little  work
has been  done on the correlation between indoor climates and the
maximum efficiency of workers.  A tremendous amount of work has
been done on the  limits within which the climatic conditions  must
be held for health reasons,  and on how adverse the heat conditions
can be before efficiency decreases markedly.  Above certain tempera-
tures, work effectiveness can drop off very fast and very substantially.
When temperatures  go over 100°F,  specifically, effectiveness  drops
very, very rapidly. But in the range of normally  acceptable factory
conditions, I know of no research that indicates whether the tempera-
ture ought to be 60, 62, 65, 68, or 70°F for the greatest work efficiency.
140                                 HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
    Now we consider  the  indoor climate of schools.  It is amazing
how little statistically sound work has been done on  schools.  One
study was made in New York back in the 1920's, and  incidentally,
some people  questioned some of the statistical and test procedures
used in that  study. Aside  from this study  no well-documented re-
search tells us whether students work  more  effectively  and more
efficiently at  a comfort condition or at some other condition. Many
spot checks are made,  and  all kinds of people are trying to promote
ideas.  At a recent meeting, one  of the presentations  was based  on
results obtained by a  questionnaire.  Teachers were  asked whether
they thought the students did better in air-conditioned classrooms or
in non-air-conditioned classrooms. About 90 percent  of the teachers
replied that  they  thought  that the students did better in  an air-
conditioned atmosphere.  One of the representatives of an air condi-
tioning company jumped up and said, "Gentlemen, we've got it now.
Here's the message. Students learn 90 percent better in air-conditioned
classrooms."  We do have a tremendous amount of misinformation like
this, but nothing that documents data on  whether students derive
more educational value in an atmosphere keyed to the maximum of
comfort or whether control of the indoor climate should be based  on
something else. One piece of research  indicates that sometimes sub-
jects  do  better under  a programmed  fluctuation of indoor climatic
conditions.
                         DISCUSSION

    Question:  Do you know of  any studies of concentrations  of
 carbon dioxide or any other chemical species in  office buildings  or
 similar areas?

    Answer: No. I think 1 percent carbon dioxide is considered to  be
 completely safe. Here again we may need longer-range studies,  such
 as those that changed the concept from 2 percent to 1 percent.  Ac-
 cording to current thinking, 1 percent is satisfactory and it's almost
 impossible to button up an office building tight enough to attain this.
 Natural infiltration will hold the CO2 concentration below that level.

    Comment:  We are very much concerned about the outside at-
 mosphere  and  about the  industrial hygiene  atmosphere;  but huge
 numbers of  our population live indoors most of the time—certainly
 in the winter, and for at least 8 hours a day in the summer in metro-
 politan areas—yet we apparently have no concern, not from the
 heating and ventilation standpoint but from the general  atmospheric
 standpoint, with the atmosphere we live in.  Now if this atmosphere
 is identical with the outside atmosphere you can say, "Well, it doesn't
 make any difference."  But is it identical?  And  if not, how does it
 vary from the outdoor  atmosphere?

    I could  also have discussed the matter of odor control. One  of
 the things that concerns me is that some of the odor control devices
 simply depress the nerve sensations  of odor, and all the chemicals
Akerman

-------
involved in the odor are still in the atmosphere. Is this a satisfactory
situation? The individual just doesn't know whether odors are pres-
ent.  But they're still there.  This area of research has been somewhat
neglected.

    Question:  Would you  say something about the geographical
regional differences of comfort in  buildings? Do you have the same
comfort conditions in an arctic climate and a southerns climate?

    Answer:  Two  of the relevant factors here, even for  one given
individual, are the type of clothing customarily worn and the state 0f
acclimatization.  Dress habits  vary from one section of the country
to another. Since comfort is essentially based on a regular heat dis-
sipation from the body, the matter of neutral zone and the matter of
comfort can really be brought down to  the concept of the  body gen-
erating a certain amount of energy, part of which goes into- work and
part of which goes into heat.  The heat must  be dissipated.  Now,
very obviously, various weights of clothing, as an insulating effect on
the skin, will vary the rate of heat transfer from the skin.  Regarding
acclimatization, it is definitely known that when you are thoroughly
acclimated to one set of situations and move to another, if the changes
are extreme,  then  the physiological changes are pronounced.  The
quantity of blood that is in circulation varies.  The body thins out
the blood and produces more blood for circulation under certain con-
ditions. These two factors, clothing and acclimatization, vary consid-
erably from one point to another, and the atmospheric conditions for
optimum comfort also vary. One rather extensive  study  was made
in four or five key locations in the United States on optimum condi-
tions for summer comfort. Results did not show much variation. But
as I have mentioned, the variation between comfort standards in the
United States and England  is wide.

    Question:  What would be the  role of the psychological effects
here—the perturbation of the normally expected heating  or cooling
situation? In England, where central heating is much  more rare
than here, don't the people normally anticipate that the best you can
have could be less than you have here? You'd expect the tempera-
ture at which they'd be satisfied to be lower, just as if you  went back
in time in the United States, into the  19th century. You would find
increasingly lower  temperatures  that were satisfactory in terms of
comfort. And  conversely, as  you  press more and  more  air condi-
tioning on the population, aren't their demands in turn going to vary
in terms of wanting cooler  and cooler  summer temperatures or else
being less and less satisfied? In a southern state in  the summertime,
85°F was considered really  nice 30  years ago.  Now, with air condi-
tioning, 85° is no longer satisfactory in terms of humidity.

    Answer:  Psychology is a very, very real consideration. An early
investigator once undertook to referee a dispute about comfort in an
opera house.  The conductor wanted one particular  set of  conditions,
and one of  the  singers wanted  some different  conditions.  In the
language of today, the investigator concluded that people are so darn
142                                 HUMAN  BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
 ornery that there is no way to reconcile these differences.  And since
 there is no scientific way to establish who is right, you just ignore
 the people. You set the conditions according to the standards and let
 the people conform.

    Question: You used the term "conditioning" as a factor in com-
 fort.  Is there any evidence to suggest that you  can condition people
 to a lower temperature with comfort through exposure?

    Answer: I can't cite specific research, but I am firmly convinced
 that this is so. The matter of physical condition does have some  effect.
 When you install an air conditioning system, the most difficult space
 to condition is  the one  that houses  the high-level executives.   At a
 tire plant one time,  the works engineer had been out  with the flu.
 He came  back  to  his office much sooner than he should have. He
 reported that the office  was drafty and uncomfortable and totally
 unacceptable. We moved in a portable temperature recorder, a port-
 able humidity recorder,  and I think even an  anemometer. We let
 them sit there for about 4 days and did absolutely nothing else. By
 the end of the week he  was perfectly comfortable. We had  done
 nothing but let the  recorders record;  but in the meantime he had
 finished getting over the flu, which he should have done at home, and
 was perfectly comfortable. So I'm quite sure that physical  condition
 has a marked bearing on some of these things.

    Comment:  Regarding this situation in  England,  I think  dress
 habits have a great deal to do with it. A friend of mine  just returned
 from  6 months at the Rothamstead  Experiment  Station in England.
 The laboratory there was kept at 59 degrees.  They really piled  on
 the sweaters  and jackets.

    Question: I want  to ask a question in regard to  adaptability,
 whether it is a matter of physiology.  In the case of  sex—women
 versus men—is it a matter mainly of adaptability in that women ap-
 parently are  able to adapt themselves to cold weather  with lighter
 clothing than men?  Or is it the question of fat tissue that insulates
 a little better?

    Answer:  I'm not enough of a specialist on the subject of females
 to answer this completely, but as I  have mentioned, the conduction
 of heat is  a primary consideration.  You see the body has a forced-
 circulation heat dissipation mechanism—you couldn't  call it  a hot
 water system, it's a hot blood system—for conveying heat out of the
 deep tissue and getting it to the peripheral members.  From there  it
 must be conducted out to the skin and dissipated.  As you point out,
 women do have a layer of fat under the skin that definitely affects
 the thermal-conduction characteristics of the flesh.

    Comment:  I'm a good observer of women.  In Brazil while I
 was there the temperature got down to 77 and this was considered
 cold weather. The girls started putting on sweaters; they thought this
was actually  cold.
Akerman                                                      143

-------
     Question:  Would you comment on air movement or ventilation
rate in relation to discomfort?

     Answer:  Two elements are important with respect to the air
movement rate. One, that in the standard formula for calculation of
convective heat transfer the heat-conduction coefficient varies with
velocity. Further, in the evaporation of perspiration, if the air velocity
is high enough to remove the film of high-moisture-content air that
surrounds the body, then the moisture evaporates more rapidly.  Air
motion very definitely  changes  the heat-transfer characteristics. A
further consideration, which has not been investigated enough, is that
certain parts of the human body are more sensitive to air movement
than others.  You can tolerate an air  movement from the front over
your face to the back at a much  higher velocity than you can tolerate
a movement from the back of the head toward the front.  Some studies
have been made, too, on the effects of  drafts on bald heads.

     Comment: Perhaps we should make a distinction between being
accustomed to  conditions  and being adapted to them.  One  tribe of
Indians in South America lived down toward the southern extremity
of the continent and were pretty primitive.  They had  never devel-
oped clothing.  They used only capes made of animal fur, a cape that
went around  the  shoulders and came down approximately to  the
waist.  These people would go out in fishing boats in 30 to 32 degree
weather. To protect their capes from damage, they hung  them on
the shore when they went fishing.  So here were people with  abso-
lutely no clothing on in a climate of around 30°F. The human body
is wonderfully adaptive if  you omit  the  consideration of  comfort.
I can't conceive of those  conditions being comfortable even to one
who is thoroughly accustomed  to them.

    Question:  Did this  tribe die out after a while?

    Answer: The last time I  heard there were still a  few of them
left, but they were dying off at a very rapid rate.

    Question: Did they die down after they introduced clothing?

    Answer: As I recall, they  proved  to be very susceptible to white
men's respiratory diseases, and this led to a very high death rate.
144                                 HUMAN  BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
            AIR  IONS AND HUMAN HEALTH

                                         Igho H.  Kornblueh, M.D.
                                                  Medical Director
                Department of Physical Medicine  & Rehabilitation
                                       University of Pennsylvania
                                           The Graduate Hospital
                                  Philadelphia, Pennsylvania  19146

 SUMMARY

    Results from 50 years of research on the effects of aeroionization
 are not uniform, but norms pertaining to polarity, size, and motility
 of ions have been  established.  For treatment purposes  the  natural
 distribution and balance of ions, including numbers, proportions, and
 polarity, are changed  radically.  Patients  respond to both negative
 and positive polarity. Although ionization is not a cure, it is effective
 in treating hay fever, asthma, and burns and in general post-operative
 care.


                        INTRODUCTION

    I have to apologize for presenting a topic,  the  significance  of
 which is still  a matter of controversy.  Scores of reputable investi-
 gators on both sides of the Atlantic have demonstrated convincingly
 the broad spectrum of the biological, physiological,  and  clinical
 effects of air ions.  The very vocal opposition is by far less numerous,
 but more  insistent, basing its objections on flimsy tests, poor equip-
 ment, inadequate technique, or the occasionally too-exuberant state-
 ments found in foreign literature.

    We can look back to over half a century of research on the effects
 of aeroionization but must concede that  the results are still not uni-
 form.  I come from  a  school carrying the proud  name of  a  famous
 Philadelphian, Benjamin Franklin,  the genius who demonstrated the
 existence  of atmospheric electricity.  This demonstration,  however,
 has not stimulated the curiosity of environmental scientists.  In fact,
 work in our field has been discouraged in various ways. Lack of sup-
 port is certainly most embarrassing, since the development of suitable
 ion generators and ion counters must precede  the experimental and
 clinical phases of  research.  Both  require part-time  cooperation  of
 a mixed team of electrical engineers, biologists, physicians, laboratory
 experts, and medical technicians.  In this  stage of development, in-
 vestigating the effects  of air ions  is not a one-man  affair, and we
 miss very much  the advice  and help of a heterogeneous group.

 HISTORY

    The discovery of the principle of conductivity of the air by Elster
 and Geitel some 66 years ago,  and the work successively by Wilson,
Kornblueh                                                     145

-------
Langevin, and Pollock,  gradually led to the establishment of certain
norms pertaining to polarity, size, and motility of ions.  By 1903, the
Russian Sokolov had formed  definite  ideas about the  health-pro-
moting or health-restoring value of the negative ions; shortly after-
wards, in Western Europe, Ashkinass  and Caspari came independ-
ently to similar conclusions. Credit for introducing artificially gen-
erated unipolar  ions in  experimental work goes to  Tchijevsky, who,
in his institute in Voronez shortly after the first World War, gave us
the proofs of their biotropic potential.  Dessauer and  his co-workers
in Germany, Edstrom in Sweden, Yaglou  and his collaborators, and
Bierman in  this country added much to our knowledge and under-
standing of  the  physiological and clinical aspects of  artificial aero-
ionization.

    In the early 1930's work on ionization  was completely abandoned
in this country until, nearly two  decades later, the late W.  Wesley
Hicks of San Francisco, manufacturer  of electric heaters, with  the
brand  name of Wesix,  revived the interest in this  modality.  Com-
plaints about  discomfort in rooms  heated  electrically aroused  the
curiosity of  Hicks and  Beckett and  led to construction of  polonium
ion generators.  In 1953 we acquired  one of these units and tested it
on ourselves by sleeping under the generator for about 2 months.  No
after-effects were observed. Only then did we try this method on
others.  In the first year we treated  11 patients suffering from hay
fever.  The results were a complete  failure. The twelfth patient, an
8-year-old boy  with bronchial asthma, responded  to inhalation of
negatively ionized  air.  For the first time in years he  could sleep
through the night without wheezing and without shortness of breath.
The following year, employing an  improved Wesix  generator,  we
were able to show positive results in cases of hay fever and selected
forms  of asthma.  At that  time we  did not know  much about  the
physical properties of ionized  air  and could not explain some com-
mon phenomena. Only  during  the last decade was a little knowledge
accumulated.

IONS

    As a physician I don't dare to present our version of the physics
of ionization before this forum, since you  know much more about it
than we do. Some pertinent information has been gathered in years
of practical  work, however. Uppermost on this list is the fact  that
for our purposes we change radically  the natural  distribution  and
balance of ions.  We modify their numbers, their proportion, and their
polarities. Outdoors one always finds both polarities.  Under no con-
ditions does  only one polarity, the positive or the negative, exist alone.
With  rare exceptions the  positive polarity is always slightly pre-
ponderant over the negative.  The  negative ions  discharge much
faster, recombine,  and therefore disappear  much  faster  than  the
positive ions. Since ionization does  not follow any political  bound-
aries, we are living around the globe in an ionized atmosphere.  How
vital this is  biologically is still  unknown. Outdoor counts were made
146                                 HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
in Philadelphia by Davis and Speieher and in Richland, Washington,
by Corrado. A limited number of indoor studies were conducted by
Beckett, HauseM., Norinder,  Sifcsna, and others. The most revealing
findings came from Case Institute.  Steigerwald, in cooperation with
Weinberger arid Lynn, reported that the polluted  air in cities  shows
excessive amounts of large  ions, both positive and negative,  at the
expense of the small ones, which are common in the fresh, clean air
in Hie country.

RADIATION

    Because of increased ultraviolet and cosmic  radiations, higher
levels of radioactivity, and  lower relative humidity,  we have even
greater concentrations of small ions of  both polarities in the moun-
tains and substantially lower levels of the large  Langevin variety
than in the densely populated, industrialized areas with heavy motor
traffic. We have learned that the outdoor conditions with respect to
the polluted air are similar to those indoors. As long as the windows
are open, concentrations of ions of both  polarities are about the same
indoors  as outdoors.  As soon as the windows  and doors are closed,
the number of the light, small ions of both polarities decreases, while
the level of the intermediate and Langevin types goes up.  Closing
doors and windows brings the concentration of small ions in a room
to a fraction of the ion levels outdoors  provided, of course,  that the
soil or the building  materials do not  contain any radioactive sub-
stances.  In some  brick and stone houses the  outside walls contain
enough radioactivity to account for unusually high ion levels,  some-
times much higher than outdoors. But that is only an exception.

POLARITIES

    Common household activities, such as smoking  and cooking, lower
appreciably both polarities of light ions.  After smoking, frying seems
to be the greatest offender.  At the same time, while  the small  ions
decrease,  the  large,  slow-moving  ions of both  polarites  increase
rapidly,  creating an environment similar to one in the heavily con-
taminated city atmosphere.  This is  important since, according to
Chalmers, there is an inverse relation between large-ion content and
conductivity of the air.

    Reinet took daily and hourly measurements of ions over  a  period
of 2 years in  Tartu. His metering device permitted simultaneous
determination  of  both polarities of the small and the large ions.
Aside from diurnal and seasonal differences he was able to show  that
the large ions  predominate  even in Tartu, which cannot match the
traffic of an American city of its size.

    I would like  to stress  that  there  are  no such things  as good
negative ions or bad positive ones. Many patients respond to the
negative ionization, but  in  some  instances the positive polarity is
more effective.  The reasons are still obscure.
Kornblueh                                                     147

-------
                    AIRBORNE ALLERGIES

    After this  long  introduction I shall limit myself to  the  original
theme, the  influence of air ions on human health.  As mentioned
before, our  first attempts were directed  toward control  of airborne
allergies, in particular hay fever.  We noticed that a large proportion
of people in acute distress showed a substantial improvement up to
complete cessation of all subjective symptoms; the improvement, how-
ever, was not lasting.  lonization does not cure  hay fever.  After the
patient leaves  the ionized room,  up to 2 hours later all symptoms
reappear. Patients with bronchial asthma due  to airborne allergens
respond differently.  Once the bronchial  spasm is relieved,  the pa-
tients are comfortable for a few hours.  While the wheezing frequently
persists, the patients breathe freely and without effort.  In  the be-
ginning of our  work we were very careful. We exposed  the patients
for 30 to 45 minutes to relatively low ion concentrations.  This pro-
cedure was dictated not so much by the fear of possible complications
but by lack  of better and more powerful equipment. With this initial
experience on hand, we went a step further and tried to determine
whether ionized air has any influence on the electroencephalographic
activity of the  brain. These experiments  were done at the Graduate
Hospital  of  the University  of Pennsylvania.  Silverman found  that
negative  ionization  gave  a  sedating effect similar  to that of some
tranquilizing drugs.  We observed that  persons  exposed to  positively
ionized  air  had an  increased respiration rate  and  complained  of
dryness of the throat,  nasal obstruction, and occasional headaches.
We were  always alert  to the possible  effects of ozone.  Ozone  was
regularly determined for  a number of years but has not shown  any
appreciable  increase in the treatment rooms above the  background
level. Dryness of the throat and nasal  obstruction were  the  most
common  complaints  of the  people exposed to the positive polarity.
Winsor and Beckett, working with a  different type of  equipment,
noted similar after-effects.
                             BURNS

    Besides the sedating  and desiccating properties, ionized air has
also a marked deodorizing effect.  This suggested the use  of  iono-
therapy in conditions where pain, discharge of serous fluid, and mal-
odor exist, as in burns.  The cooperation, openmindedness, and vision
of Minehart and his associate, David, gave us the welcome opportun-
ity to test the value of negatively ionized air on burns.  The results
were  most rewarding.  A very  high proportion of patients claimed
cessation of pain after the first 10 to 15 minutes of exposure. Secre-
tion from the denuded surfaces of severely burned areas  was greatly
diminished, facilitating the formation of dry scabs.  Dryness and the
early formation of scabs  greatly reduced the number of infections.
To this date a few hundred burns of all degrees have been treated
successfully with this modality.
148                                 HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
                   POSTOPERATIVE  CARE

    The sedating and pain-relieving quality of negatively ionized air
prompted us to broaden the scope of our investigations by extending
it to postoperative cases.  On Minehart's service, unselected patients
were divided into two groups.  One group received negative ioniza-
tion; the other group was exposed to the same generator with  the
pilot light flashing and the fan running but without the ion-producing
component.  The  results  were quite amazing.  About 50  percent of
the patients who  were treated postoperatively with negative ions for
2 days, six times for 30 minutes, were comfortable without additional
narcotics,  otherwise indispensable during  this  period.   Peculiarly,
certain postoperative  patients do not  react  as well as others.  For
instance, patients having been subjected to herniorrhaphies or ap-
pendectomies responded rather well to negative aeroionization, while
those having had  oophorectomies and hysterectomies were not relieved
of pain.  Our experience with postoperative cases is limited to less
than 200 patients  including 50 controls. We understand that an osteo-
pathic hospital in Stella, Missouri, successfully treated a few hundred
postoperative patients, who required no  narcotics, or  only minimal
amounts, during  the early period of convalescence.  The generators
used in Stella were much more efficient than  our  own; the patients
were exposed more frequently  and for longer periods of time.  In
all probability, the higher dosage accounts for  the  better results.

    In animals there seems to be quite a difference  among  the various
species in response to artificially ionized  air.  Deleanu  from the De-
partment of Hygiene of the University of Kluj in Roumania, observed
in animals many positive  results with predominantly negative  but
also frequently with bipolar ionization. Since  clean outdoor air fea-
tures a preponderance of small ions of both  polarities,  we may be
tempted  to employ bipolar ionization indoors  not  for  therapeutic
purposes but only as a replacement of the lost light ions for restoration
of natural conditions.
                        OBSERVATIONS

    The reasons for the systematic debasement of and aloofness from
aeroiono-  and electro-aerosol-therapy are manifold, some quite  ob-
vious.  For instance,  placing the  patients below an  ion generator
suspended overhead instead  of facing it is perhaps only  a technical
mistake. Exposing asthmatics in attack-free  intervals to  ionized air
is  a regrettable misconception of basic facts.  But misinterpretation
of the  results of one's own study  belongs into a different category.
After nearly three decades, the late C. P. Yaglou was allegedly unable
to confirm some of his  previous  observations.  A close look at his
tables  shows  definitely  positive  results.  Exposure of five  infants
being treated for malnutrition  to very low  concentrations  of light
negative ions twice daily for 2 hours for a period of 2 weeks, revealed
that  "the  infants seemed  to be more quiet and cried less  during
Kornblueh                                                     149

-------
ionization periods than at other times of the day."  All five had higher
body temperatures and three out of the five gained weight during the
2 weeks of exposure.  During the preceding and the following weeks
no elevation of temperature was  observed.  Of  six  adult  arthritic
patients tested all felt relaxed  after negative ionization.  Only  four
of these patients were exposed  to the positive polarity; all  reported
unpleasant or painful sensations after the  seances. It is difficult to
understand why the registered feeling of air freshness noted by some
of the normal subjects under both polarities and the respiratory  irri-
tation after inhalation of positive ions, as compared with the controls,
were entirely ignored by the same author.

    Aeroiono-therapy is not a universal panacea, but it is certainly
a valuable addition to our therapeutic armamentarium .and is worthy
of further exploration.

                          DISCUSSION

    Question: I would  like to ask the speaker what the mechanism
of the effect of air ions could be. If we assume  it is a chemical
mechanism we could take a relatively high level of ions, such as  1000
ions per  cc, convert it to its chemical equivalent,  and derive some^
thing like 10~9 ppm.  We know that even the most powerful or re-
active chemicals would show hardly any effect at 10-3 ppm, so  it is
hard to visualize how there could be any appreciable effect from  10~9
This brings up one other point: every time you ionize air you form
a certain amount of ozone.  You could easily  have 10-3 ppm  and not
be able to detect  it  without some  very sensitive method, which, I
think, is probably far beyond the  capacity of the equipment today.
Many of the  symptoms that are attributed to  ions are also symptoms
of very low concentrations of ozone. For example, increased respira-
tion rate occurs at very low ozone levels.  To me the only possible
reasonable explanation would be very low ozone levels, below the
detection threshold of the equipment  that has been used.  I wonder
if you could  shed some light on these problems.

    Answer:  For  a  number of years we have carefully  watched
ozone concentrations, but could not  find  any appreciable increase
over the background level.  Someone even took the pains to report
us to the state authorities,  but the investigating engineers were com-
pletely satisfied and  permitted  us  to continue our work with high-
voltage ion generators.  For 3  or 4 years  we employed exclusively
polonium and tritium generators, which have  practically no ozonizing
effect.  Still,  our clinical results were, except for the very first year,
identical with our later findings.  Krueger, Winsor, and  Worden use
or used in their experiments only radioactive  isotopes for ion genera-
tion. Many of those present are acquainted with Krueger's ingenious
experiments,  which open  entirely new vistas in the field  of  aero-
ionization. We are greatly indebted to him  for laying  the  founda-
tions indispensable in clinical investigations.  By the way, contrary
to reactions  to ozone, the respiration rate declines under the influ-
ence of negative ions.
 150                                  HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
    At  present we  are unable  to  answer  the  question about  the
modus agendi  of  artificially ionized air or electro-aerosols.  There
are a number  of  theories,  but none appears  convincing.  This ob-
servation could be extended also to  a substantial number of popular
pharmaceutical products, whose effects are known but not the ways
of action.  We realize that only a relatively small number of charged
gaseous or particulate molecules enters the respiratory tract through
the nose and the oral cavity and that some of them reach the bronchi
and the alveoli. We can practically  exclude any other port of entry,
since  we cover  the patient with nonconductive material. One school
of thought, however,  suggests  that exposure of the unprotected body
to high levels  of ionization produces  secondary induction currents.
Tchijevsky and others exposed animals to a de-ionized atmosphere
of unusually low ion concentration and reported peculiar results.  It
would be most interesting  to  conduct  similar experiments on man
and register his physiological  and psychological reactions in such an
unusual environment.

    I presume  that you are aware of the effects of certain synthetic
fibers that produce relatively large amounts of static electricity.  The
French  literature  is  replete with statements on  the pain-relieving
properties of fabrics made from polyvinyl chloride. These fibers pro-
duce negative static electricity. A substantial proportion of rheumatics
and arthritic claim freedom from pain  as  long as they  wear under-
garments made from  these fibers. This material is known also in the
Soviet Union and  recommended for similar conditions.

    Question: Is the French polyvinyl material available here?

    Answer: I  think  that  a New York textile firm carries the French
PVC fabrics. For some time we have been using special gloves made
from this material for massage to learn if  the negative friction elec-
tricity offers some additional benefits.  At present, we cannot make
any definite  statements.  It is interesting that  while  the thermal
properties of worn underwear remain essentially the same,  the static
properties are greatly inhibited or entirely annulled if the garment
is not properly washed  every  48 hours.

    Question:  Awhile back the Meteorological  Department  at the
Penn  State University was interested in conducting some studies on
the effect of ionization on  the learning rate  and  perhaps the re-
tention rate.  Do you have any information on this?

    Answer: To the best of my knowledge these studies were either
never done or are still in a very early stage. The primary  difficulty,
as I see it, is the lack of powerful and reliable equipment.

    Question:  You  mentioned that you  have  no  information  on
measurements of natural ionization  in South America.  A study has
been going on for a number of years in which the radioactivity from
thorium-bearing sands is being measured. In Brazil, the World Health
Organization, I  believe,  is supporting this  study. The question came
about  because a number of areas have a  large amount of thorium-
Kornblueh                                                     151

-------
bearing sands.  In fact, whole cities are built upon this substance, and
people have been living on top of this natural radiation for genera-
tions. This study is being done by the Catholic University in Rio de
Janeiro,  I suppose  by the  Department  of Nuclear Physics.  It has
been going on for at least  5 years.

     Answer: I have not been aware of this work in South America.
However, South American medical  literature  sporadically brings
papers related  to the field  of  artificial aeroionization.

     Question: In your experiments how do you measure the presence
or absence of ozone?

     Answer: We have been using the method of Crabtree and Kemp
for determination of ozone.  As mentioned before, our experience points
to the need for a research team and constant  supervision of patients
during the treatment period.

     Question: Have you published lately in this field?

     Answer: Papers on the effects and the technique of aeroiono-
therapy were presented in May 1963 upon invitation of the X Health
Conference in  Ferrara and in September  of  the same year at the
summer session of the Balneo-climatological Research Institute of the
University of Rome in Montecatini.

     Question:  Was the professor Yaglou that you mentioned C. P.
Yaglou?

     Answer: Yes, the same man who in the  early 1930's  attributed
to ionization  a  "normalizing effect" and three decades later denied
everything, in  spite of the obvious  facts evident  in  his own data.
These data show physiological or pathological effects, depending on
the kind of polarity he used.  It should be mentioned that with our
present  methods of assay  we find  that younger  persons in  good
health are not  responsive to ionized air.  Children, older people, or
persons under stress are susceptible, however.

     Question:  About a year  ago the Farm  Journal  published  an
article on raising chickens in Wisconsin. I am curious about what they
hoped to accomplish by using ionized air.

     Answer:  A paper on this  topic was presented at an agricultural
conference in Chicago in December 1962.  As I understand, the in-
vestigator, an agricultural  engineer, had later some difficulties  with
duplication of his original findings. The first impression was that the
chickens exposed to negatively ionized air had,  in comparison  with
the control group, fewer respiratory infections, an allegedly common
condition in chicken coops,  and that their weight was slightly higher.
Somewhat similar observations on animals and chickens were re-
ported by Tchijevsky, who  claimed that the animals grew faster and
reached their sexual maturity earlier under  negative ionization.  In
this  country,  Worden of the Bonaventure University, has shown on
golden hamsters that healing  of  surgical incisions  and regeneration
                                    HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

                                                       GPO BO I -494-6

-------
of severed femoral nerve were enhanced by a negative ion environ-
ment  and unaltered by the positive. Worden  noted in mammalian
cell cultures a diminshed cell proliferation under the positive polarity
but practically no change  under  the  negative.  We are  unable to
explain why a cell culture behaves differently from cells in situ in a
living  animal.

    Question: You mentioned previously the difference in response
to both polarities.  In some cases  there  was a  positive response to
negative ionization and  in some  cases there was a positive response
to positive ionization.  Has  anyone attempted to correlate these re-
sponses  with  different  blood types or  some  other  physiological
phenomena?

    Answer:  As  far as  I know no attempts were ever made in this
country  to correlate  the effects  of unipolar ionization with racial,
constitutional, or  physiological characteristics of man. Healthy young
persons are, in the opinion  of many  investigators,  not suitable sub-
jects for research in this field. In  cooperation with Griffin we have
exposed  students  for 30 to  60  minutes  to  negative ionization.  No
changes of blood pressure or pulse rate were noted. With few excep-
tions, the subjective reactions of  these students  were negligible. The
response of a  high percentage of patients in acute distress  is quite
different. The effect of the  negative  polarity on persons of different
races  or national origin was essentially  alike.   Our subjects were
American whites and colored, European whites, and North-African
Arabs  and Berbers. The experience of foreign investigators seems to
be similar. Our somewhat nebulous knowledge of the optimal dosage
and polarity induced Malysheva-Kraskevich to  make the following
statements: "It  is conceivable  that  identically charged  ions  may
produce a different effect on the organism if administered in different
concentrations  and under different  experimental  conditions. It it,
possible too that the effect of identical dq^e,s 'will vary in relation to
the length of exposure, and that heavy doses administered in a few
sessions may act differently from small doses extended over a longer
period. On the other hand, it may be assumed that in certain com-
binations of the fundamental factor (ionization) with definite experi-
mental conditions  (constitutional characteristics of the patient, his
behavior, etc.) oppositely charged ions will not necessarily produce a
reverse biological effect."

    Judging from the number of participants in three congresses on
aeroionization in the Soviet Union,  we can rightfully assume that the
interest in this field is especially keen there.

    Question:  Do I understand that the treatment of burns is effected
by means of inhalation of ionized air?

    Answer:  In  treatment  of hospitalized burns,  Minehart uses the
open air method.  The burned areas  are not bandaged.  The patient
rests between  two sterile sheets  and  remains covered except for the
face during the  periods of  treatment.   On  very warm  days some
patients pull the  covers partly off, but that is an exception and not
Kornblueh                                                     153

-------
the usual routine. In our series of treatments no attempt was made
to eliminate other therapeutic modalities as intravenous fluids, anti-
biotics, or vitamins.  Ion-therapy is used in burns only as an adjuvant
to other established methods.   Without any doubt, the results  are
greatly superior.

    Question:  Very often you  hear the comment that people feel
good under certain meteorological  conditions, like before a storm or
some weather fronts. I wonder if any measurements have been made
under  these conditions.

    Answer: Continuous metering of natural outdoor ionization levels
was undertaken in Boston by Yaglou;  in Haifa, Israel, by Robinson
and Dirnfeld; in Philadelphia by Davis and Speicher; and in Richland,
Washington, by Corrado.  The last two  studies were published in  the
Proceedings of the International Conference on Ionization of the Air.
Too many other meteorological factors are involved to permit evalua-
tion of the biotropic effect of a single  natural element.  Only under
laboratory conditions are such  experiments possible.

    Question:  Are  you  familiar with the ultraviolet treatment of
blood as a means of curing hepatitis? Is there any correlation between
this and the negative ions?

    Answers:  I am only vaguely  familiar with  this  method,  but I
don't believe that there  is any correlation  with aeroionization.

    Question:  Do artificially generated ions sterilize the air or pre-
cipitate the aerosols? Could this possibly explain the beneficial  effects
on humans?

    Answer:   Ions don't have a significant bactericidal or bacterio-
static  effect  but do precipitate the aerosols and have a marked
deodorizing force. The walls and the ceilings in  the sick rooms  are
getting very dirty already after a few months of intermittent employ-
ment of ion generators.

    Question:  In the recent Russian literature a paper describes the
ionization of air in a chamber that destroyed microbiological aerosols.
Ions  were generated by a water jet; papers in the American  litera-
ture  discuss alterations in humidity having a bactericidal effect on
suspended organisms. I think possibly some confusion has  arisen.
The Russian  investigator is  perhaps getting a humidity effect and
not an ion effect.

    Answer:  We have great difficulties with the Russian literature,
since we cannot afford complete translations.  I  am not acquainted
with their method  of sterilization of  pathogenic aerosols. In this
country, Krueger did some related work.

    Therapeutic employment of charged  water  aerosols, known in
Western Europe under the name of electro-aerosols, was introduced
in Wiesbaden,  Germany, a known spa, where a hypotonic natural
mineral water,  was used for inhalation therapy in respiratory ail-
                                    HUMAN  BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
ments.  In later years,  a negative electric charge was added. Such
inhalation units are  being  commercially manufactured  in Cologne
and  more recently also  in  Dallas,  Texas.  Wehner has  introduced
electro-aerosol  therapy  (or  as the Russians  call it hydro-aeroiono-
therapy)  in  this country.  He has published  detailed reviews of the
available literature and his  own  most remarkable  clinical results in
respiratory conditions.   The  steadily  increasing numbers of upper
respiratory  allergies,  chronic  bronchitis,  asthma,  and   pulmonary
emphysema as sequelae of atmospheric pollution emphasize the need
for this form of adjunctive therapy proven most successful on thou-
sands of victims here and abroad.


                         BIBLIOGRAPHY

 1. Bach, Chr. Det  Luft-elektriske  Klima,  Rosenkilde og Bagger,  Koben-
    havn. 1963.  (in Danish)
 2. Bach, Chr. A report on the Danish air  ionization research institute.
    Proc. Int. Conference on Ionization of the Air, Am. Inst. Med. Climat.,
    Philadelphia. Vol. 2, Sect. XXII. 1962.
 3. Baranova, E. G., Bulatov, P. K., and Vasiliev, L.  L.  Methodical in-
    structions of treatment with ionized air.  Medguz.  1957. (in Russian)
 4. Beckett, J. C. Air ionization as an  environmental  factor,  Trans. Am.
    Inst. Elect. Eng., Part 2. 14:161. 1954.
 5. Beckett, J. C. Air  ion measurement, Proc. Int.  Conf. on Ionization of
    the Air, AIMC.  Vol. 1, Sect. III. 1962.
 6. Bierman, Wm. The therapeutic use of polarized air.  Arch.  Phys. Ther.
    X-ray, Radium.  14:133. 1933.
 7. Chalmers, J. A. Atmospheric Electricity.  Pergamon Press,  London,
    1957.
 8. Corrado,  A. G.,  Cawley, W. E.,  and  Clark, R. G. Measurement of at-
    mospheric ion density in  southern  Washington. Proc. Int. Conf.  on
    Ionization of the Air, AIMC, Philadelphia. Vol. I, Sect. X. 1962.
 9. David, Th. A., Minehart, J. R.,  Fasano, J. and  Kornblueh, I. H. Ob-
    servations of the effects of artificial ionization on the burned  patient.
    Preliminary  Report, presented at the First Congress of the Int. Soc. of
    Bioclimatology and Biometeorology, Vienna,  Sept. 1957.
10. David, Th. A., Minehart, J. R. and Kornblueh, I. H.  Polarized air as an
    adjunct in the treatment of burns.  Am. J. Phys. Med. 39:111.  1960.
11. David, Th. A., Derau,  J. V.,  McGuk, F. C.  J., Kornblueh, I.  H.  and
    Minehart, J.  R.  The sedating effect of polarized air. Biometeorology,
    edited by Tromp, S. W., Pergamon Press, Oxford.  1962.  pp.  484-489.
12. Davis, F. K., Jr., and Speicher, F. P. Natural ion levels in the city of
    Philadelphia, Proc. Int. Conference on lonizat.  of the  Air, AIMC,
    Philadelphia. Vol. I, Sect. XI. 1962.
13. Dessauer, F.  Zehn Jahre Forschung auf dem physikalisch medizinischen
    Grenzgebiet, Georg Thieme, Leipzig.  1931.
14. Edstrom, C.  Studies in natural and artificial atmospheric electric ions,
    Acta. Med. Scandinav., Suppl. LXI.  1935.
Kornblueh                                                        155

-------
15. Griffin, J. E., and Kornblueh, I. H.  lonization of the air, Int.  J. Bio-
    meteor. VI: 29.  1962.
16. Hamburger,  R. J. On the influence of artificial ionization of the air on
    the oxygen uptake during exercise; Biometeorology, edited by  Tromp,
    S. W., Pergamon Press, Oxford.  1962.  pp. 490-497.
17. Hansell, C. W.  An  attempt to define ionization  of the air.  Proc. Int.
    Conf.  on lonization of the Air,  AIMC, Philadelphia. Vol.  I, Sect.  I.
    1962.
18. Kornblueh, I. H., and Griffin, J. E.  Artificial air  ionization in physical
    medicine, preliminary report, Am. J. Phys. Med.  34:618.  1955.
19. Kornblueh, I. H., Piersol, G. M., and Speicher, F. P. Relief from air-
    borne allergies  through air ionization, presented at New  York City.
    October 1956.
20. Kornblueh, I. H., and Speicher, F. P.  Present status of artificial uni-
    polar ionization of  the air,  presented at the thirty-fifth session  of the
    Am. Congress of Phys. Med. and Rehab.   Los Angeles.  1957.
21. Kornblueh, I. H., and Speicher,  F. P.  The difficulties encountered in
    evaluation of the effects of  artificial ionization of the air. Presented at
    the Int. Congr. of ISBB, Vienna.  Sept. 1957.
22. Kornblueh, I. H., and Griffin, J. E. Die kuenstliche lonisation der Luft
    in der physikalischen Medizin, Wetter und Leben  (translated by M.
    Kaiser). 8:57.  1957.
23. Kornblueh, I. H. Brief review of effects of artificial ionization of the
    air and  of  ultraviolet radiation.  Int.  J.  Bioclimat.  and  Biometeor.
    11: C6e. 1958.
24. Kornblueh, I. H. Artificial  ionization of the air in the USA, presented
    at the Pavlov Institute of Physiology of the Acad. Sci.,  USSR,  Lenin-
    grad.  1958.

25. Kornblueh, I. H., Piersol, G. M. and  Speicher, F.  P.  Relief from polli-
    nosis in negatively ionized rooms. Am. J. Phys. Med. 37:18.  1958.

26. Kornblueh, I. H., and Kuroda,  P. K.  Medical Hydrology, Cyclopedia of
    Medicine, Surgery,  Specialties, F.  A.  Davis  Company, Philadelphia.
    VI:854A.  1959.

27. Kornblueh, I. H. Electric space charges and human health.  Bull. Am.
    Meteor. Soc.  41:361. 1960.

28. Kornblueh, I. H. Brief review of the effects  of artificial ionization of
    the air. Arch. Med. Hydrology. XXI: 1. 1961.

29. Kornblueh, I. H.  Somatic  aspects  of  selected environmental factors,
    presented at the Symposium on Biometeorology, 129 Meeting of the
    AAAS. December 1962.

30. Kornblueh, I. H. The future  of artificial  ionization of  the air, Proc.
    Int. Conf. on lonization of the Air.  AIMC, Vol. 2, Sect. XXIII.  Phila-
    delphia.  1962.

31. Kornblueh,  I. H.   Artificial ionization of  the air  and its biological
    significance.  Clinical Medicine. 69:16.  1962.

32. Kornblueh, I. H. lonization of the air as potential health factor.  Proc.
    of the X Health Conference. Ferrara.  1963.
156                                     HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
33.  Kornblueh, I. H. The place of aeroionization in medical therapeutics.
    Arch. Med. Hydrology.  Pisa. XXIII: 6.  1963.
34.  Kornblueh, I. H., and  Speicher,  F.  P.  The clinical effects of aero-
    ionization.  Medical Biometeorology.  Elsevier Publishing Company,
    Amsterdam.  1963. pp. 611-614.

35.  Kornblueh, I. H.  Special Report, The Third International Biorneteoro-
    logical Congress. Am. J. Phys. Med., 43:95. 1964.
36.  Krueger, A. P., Smith, R. F., and Go, I. G. The action of air ions on
    bacteria.  I. Protective and lethal effects on suspensions  of  staphylo-
    cocci in droplets. J. Gen. Phys. 41:359.  1957.
37.  Krueger, A. P., and  Smith, R. F.  Effects of air ions  on isolated rabbit
    trachea.  Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. &  Med.  96:807.  1957.
38.  Krueger, A. P.,  and Smith, R. F. Effects  of gaseous ions  on tracheal
    ciliary rate.  Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med. 98:412.  1958.
39.  Krueger, A. P., Beckett, J. C., Andriese, P.  C.,  and Kotaka, S.  Studies
    on the effects of gaseous ions on  plant  growth.  II.  J.  Gen. Phys.
    45:897.  1962.
40.  Krueger,  A.  P.  Air ions and physiological function.  J.  Gen. Phys.
    45:233.  1962.
41.  Krueger, A. P., Kotaka, S., and Andriese, P. C. Some observations on
    the physiological effects of gaseous ions.  Int. J. Biometeor. 6:33. 1962.
42.  Krueger, A. P., Kotaka, S., and Andriese, P. C. Studies on the effects
    of gaseous ions on  plant growth.  I. The influence of positive and
    negative air ions on  the growth of Avena  Sativa, J. Gen. Phys.  45:879.
    1962.
43.  Krueger, A. P., Andriese, P. C., and Kotaka, S. The biological mech-
    anism of air ion action: The effect of CO+ in inhaled air on the blood
    level of 5-hydroxytryptamine in  mice. Int. J. Biometeor.  7:3.  1963.
44.  Krueger, A. P., Kotaka, S., and Andriese, P. C. A study of the mech-
    anism  of air-ion-induced  growth stimulation  in  Hordeum  Vulgaris.
    Int. J. Biometeor. 7:17. 1963.
45.  Krueger, A. P., Hicks, W. W., and Beckett, J. C.  Influence of air ions
    on certain physiological functions.  Medical Biometeorology, Elsevier
    Publishing Company, Amsterdam. 1963. pp. 351-369.
46.  Levine, A. J., Finkel, M., Handler,  J.,  and Fishbein, Wm. I. Clinical
    study of negative ion therapy.  Proc. Int.  Conf.  on lonization of the
    Air.  AIMC. Vol. II, Sect. XVI.  1962.
47.  Martin, T. L., Jr.  Climate control through ionization. J.  Frankl.  Inst.
    254:267.  1952.
48.  Martin, T. L., Jr. Production of unipolar air ions with radium-isotopes.
    Trans. Am. Inst. Elect. Eng.  72:771.  1954.
49.  McGurk, F. C. J. Psychological effects of artificially produced air ions.
    Am. J. Phys. Med. 38:136. 1959.
50.  Malysheva-Kraskevich, I. N. The application of ionized air  in stoma-
    tology. Am. J. Phys. Med. 39:121. 1960.
51.  Minehart, J. R., David, Th. A., and Kornblueh, I. H. Artificial ioniza-
    tion and the burned patient.  Med. Sci. 3:363. 1958.
Kornblueh                                                         157

-------
52. Minehart, J, B_, David, Th. A., McGurk, F. C. J., and Kornblueh, L H.
    with Derau, J. V. The effect ol artificially Ionized ak on post-operative
    discomfort  Am, J, Phys. Med. 40:56.  1961.
53. Minkh, A. A. lonization of the air and its hygienic importance. Med-
    guz, Moskva. 1963.  (in Russian)
54. Norinder, H. and Siksna, R.  Ion density of  the  atmospheric air near
    the ground  during thunderstorm conditions,  Arkiv for Geofys,  1951,
55. Reinet, J. J.  On atmospheric  ionization in Tartu. Dissertation.  Tartu.
    1958 (in Russian)
56. Reiter, R. Meteorobiologie nnd Elektrizitaet der Atmosphaere, Akade-
    mische Verlagsgesellsehaft. Leipzig.  1960.  (in  German)
57. Robinson, N., and Dirnfeld, F. S.  The ionization state of the atmos-
    phere  as a  function of the meteorological elements  and of various
    sources of ions.  Int. J. of Biometeor., VI: 101, 1963.
58. Schmid, A.  Biologische Wirkungen der Luftelektrizitaet, Verlag Paul
    Haupt, Bern. 1936.
59. Siksna, R.,  and Eichmeier, J.  Fluctuations in the  concentration of
    artificially  produced air  ions in a  closed  room, Arkiv ior Geofys.
    3:299.  1960.
60. Silverman, D.,  and Kornblueh, I.  H. lonization and the  EEG.  EEG
    Clin. Neurophysiology.  9:180. 1957.
61. Silverman, D.,  and Kornblueh,  I. H.  with  the  technical assistance of
    Sannit, T. and Piwoz,  S.  Effect of artificial ionization of air on the
    electroencephalogram.  Am. J. Phys. Med. 36:352. 1957.
62. Skilling, H.  H., and Beckett, J. C. Control of air ion density  in rooms.
    J. Frankl. Inst. 256:423. 1953.
63. Skorobogatova, A. M.  On  the mechanisms of the action of ionized air
    on  the organism. Biometeorology.  Pergamon  Press, Oxford.   1962.
    pp. 507-509.

64. Sokolov, A.  P.   Die  lonisation und Radiumaktivitaet  der  atmosphaer-
    ischen Luft.  Ann. Russ, Balneolog. Soc. Pjatigorsk.  2:326.  1904.
65. Steigerwald, B.  J., Weinberger,  L. W., and Lynn, D.  A.  Air ions in
    urban atmosphere. Meeting of the Am. Inst. Chem. Eng.  Air Pollution
    Symposium, Chicago. 1962.
66. Tchijevsky,  A. L.  The  economic importance of ionized air.  Edited by
    Pogosov, A.  G., and Sadovsky, F. T. Gosplanyzdat, Moskva.  1960. (in
    Russian)

67. Von Kilinski, E. Lehrbuch der  Luftelektrizitaet. Akademische Ver-
    lagsgesellsehaft. Leipzig.  1958.   (in German)
68. Vasiliev, L. L.  Theory and  practice of treatment  with ionized air.
    Lenin University, Leningrad.  1953. (in Russian)
69. Vasiliev, L. L. The physiological  mechanisms of aeroions. Am. J. Phyii.
    Med.  39:124. 1960.

70. Winsor, T.  and Beckett, J. C.  Biologic effects  of ionized air in man.
    Am. J. Phys. Med. 37:83.  1958.
71. Wehner, A. P.  Electroaerosol therapy,  Part I.  Am. J. Phys.  Med.
    41:24.  1962.
158                                    HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
72.  Wehner, A. P.  Electroaerosol therapy, Part II.  Am. J. Phys   Med.
    41:68.  1962.

73.  Wehner, A. P.  The  clinical  scientific and  technical development of
    electro-aerosology.  Proc. Int. Conf. on lonization of the Air.  AIMC,
    Philadelphia.  Vol. II, Sect. XV. 1962.
74.  Worden, J. L.  and Thompson, J. Air ion concentration and the growth
    of cells in vitro.  Anat. Rec. 24:500. 1956.
75.  Worden, J. L.  Proliferation of mammaliam cells  in  ion-controlled
    environments. J. Nat. Cancer Inst. 26:801.  1961.
76.  Yaglou, C. P., Benjamin, L.  C., and  Brandt, A. D.  The influence of
    respiration and transpiration on ionic content of air of occupied rooms.
    J. Ind., Hyg.  15:8. 1933.
77.  Yaglou, C. P., Brandt, A. D., and Benjamin, L. C. Physiological changes
    during exposure to ionized air. Trans. A.S.H.V.E. 39:357.  1933.
78.  Yaglou, C. P., and Benjamin, L. C. Diurnal and seasonal variations in
    the small ion  content of outdoor and indoor air.  Heating, Piping and
    AirCond.  1:25. 1934.
79.  Yaglou, C. P. Are air ions a neglected biological  factor?  In The Air
    We Breathe, a study  of Man  and  his environment. Edited by Farber,
    S. M., Wilson, R. H. L.,  and Goldsmith, J. R.  Charles C. Thomas Pub-
    lisher. 1961.  pp. 269-279.
80.  Zylberberg, B.,  and Loveless, M.  H. Preliminary experiments with
    ionized air in asthma. J. Allergy.  31:370. 1960.
Kornblueh

-------
 ECOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVE IN BIOMETEOROLOGY

                                              Dr. David M.  Gates
                                           University of Colorado
                           Institute  of Arctic and Alpine Research
                                          Boulder, Colorado  80304

 SUMMARY

    The meteorologist's atmosphere-oriented data when used by the
 biologist in solving biological problems must be reinterpreted in  terms
 of "life." Essentially the parameters established have meaning in
 terms of flow of energy, and this flow as temperature affects the
 internal physiology of the body and, in fact, determines its survival.
                       INTRODUCTION

    I want to give you  an approach to bioclimatology  and  bio-
meteorology  that I have  taken in connection with  the studies  of
vegetation. What I have to say about plants is equally appropriate
for animals.  The techniques are the same.

    The very first concern is the matter of definitions. If we say we're
going to study climate, we must also say for what purpose. Lack  of
definition  has persisted in ecological work for the last half century.
There are two definitions of climate, one pertaining to the atmosphere
and the other, to life. In studies of biological organisms it is rather
astonishing that the first definition has been  used so consistently,
and the second has been almost totally ignored.  The meteorologist,
in studying the atmosphere, has defined certain parameters that must
be  registered and  studied to evaluate the properties of the atmos-
phere.  He has measured these parameters—he  has set up networks.
The biologist, far too often, has taken over the meteorological data
for various correlations in biology, without critically questioning the
application, of the  meteorological data to the biological problem,  at
hand. It is not difficult to delineate this very clearly in the  literature
—to show where some property, such as  growth of an organism  or
plant, has been correlated with mean  temperature,  or maximum
temperature,  or the rainfall pattern.

    But we must  be more  specific.  We must  ask "What do these
parameters mean?" Well, they have meaning in terms of the flow  of
energy.  It is  actually energy that is transferred and consumed. It is
not sufficient  to talk about temperatures per se, or moisture  per se,  or
any other parameter.

                       TEMPERATURE

    Figure 1  shows the normal temperatures for certain animals and
groups of plants.  These are normal body temperatures,  with the
Gates                                                        m

-------
maximum and minimum temperatures known for survival. This in-
formation comes from the handbook of biological data. Although not
highly accurate, the data  do indicate the temperature  situation in
plants and animals.  For many organisms  the  survival regime  is in
the vicinity of 40°C.  This is very striking.  Some plants tolerate only
up to about 40°C, and others up to 50°C. Particularly interesting are
the thermal blue-green algae, which exist at  temperatures  as high as
85°C.  (If you put your hand in water like that you will burn it, of
course.)   Lichens have been  observed to survive up to  100°C.
                                               XEROPHYTIC PLANTS -

                                       SHADE PLANTS	»\
                                  HOUSE FLY
                                   WEEVIL
                                 *. J     I	
                                                  PIGEON |;J"
                                              CHICKEN
                                       MARMOT
                                              CATK1
              I             I             I             1
             10           20           30           40           50
                         TEMPERATURE, °C
       SEEDLING MONTEREY PINE

              |>	CACTI I SURVIVE  ABOVE THIS

      *)MESOPHYTIC PLANTS

                     -THERMAL DEATH-PLANT PATHOGENIC FUNGII
             BLUE-GREEN  ALGAE  MAXIMUM TOLERANCE	••

                                        LICHENS MAXIMUM TOLERANCE-

               - THERMAL DEATH FOR MOST BACTERIA
   	1	1	1	1	
50           60           70           80           90           100
                          TEMPERATURE, °C

Figure 1 — Normal body temperatures of animals and plants and maximum and minimum
                      extreme temperatures for survival.

     Now the question of temperature has enormous meaning. It is a
matter of an organism in an environment, the environmental char-
acteristics affecting the temperature  of  the organism, and then the
temperature of the organism affecting its internal physiology.  The
rate chemistry is very dependent upon temperature.  Many proteins
are destroyed by moderately low temperatures.  Certainly many pro-
teins are destroyed in the range of 50 to  60°C; and since some plants
162                                   HUMAN  BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
tolerate much  higher temperatures, we must ask the question "Are
the proteins of some plants, such  as the thermophyllic algae, such
that they are not being denatured  in the same way as the proteins
of other plants and animals that survive only at considerably lower
temperatures? "
REFLECTED/
 SUNLIGHT/
     / DIRECT  /
     / SUNLIGHT/'
 INFRARED THERMAL RADIATION
 FROM ATMOSPHERE
   \
    \

       \  INFRARED THERMAL RADIATION
       \     FROM ANIMAL

 INFRARED THERMAL RADIATION
      FROM GROUND
    Figure 2 — Streams of energy to and from an organism in its natural environment.

 RADIATION

     Figure 2 is a schematic view of an organism in a normal external
 environment, consisting of radiation, wind, and water.  All objects at
 a temperature above absolute zero  radiate heat according  to  the
 fourth power of their temperature. You get radiant heat from  the
 trees, rocks, and clouds.  When clouds are absent, the surface of the
 earth becomes much colder at night than when they are present. The
 ground radiates heat thermally,  and the  atmosphere  radiates heat.
 This is particularly important, because without radiant heat from
 the sky, our environment would be very much  colder.  Each of us
 radiates heat individually, at  a rate approximately equivalent to a
 100-watt bulb.  This heat loss must be compensated by the flow of
 energy  in  the environment.  Here in this  room you are  in  a pure
 infrared radiation environment; you're in a black-body cavity.  It's
 very easy  to define the  energetics of this environment: there is a
 small amount of convective heat transfer due to the flow of air, but
 since there is not  much wind in the room, it is essentially  a radiant-
 heat thermal environment, pure and simple. If  the wind blows  and
 it is warmer than the  air, it delivers heat to the organism.  If it is
 cooler, it abstracts heat from the organism.
 Gates
                                                                163

-------
SWEATING

    Many organisms have the ability to sweat—to evaporate moisture
to reduce the heat stress—and save their lives through the exchange
of water. Certain animals, like the salamander, can sweat profusely.
It sweats like  a wet-bulb thermometer and  cannot  survive  a dry
atmosphere. In a dry atmosphere a salamander would lose 9 times
its body weight in  24 hours.  It must  live in a humid microclimate,
near streams,  under  rotting  decayed logs, in  order to survive. On
the other hand, most insects cannot lose  much moisture and have
essentially no control over their body temperature and their  survival
through moisture. By virtue  of size, they cannot lose much moisture,
and also most insects have a very impervious,  chitinous shell,  which
reduces the  loss of moisture  to a very small value.  You  and I have
the ability to sweat when we need to reduce the heat  load and keep
our temperatures down.


                      FLOW OF ENERGY

    Figure 2 depicts environment as a flow of energy,  and this is the
manner in which we must evaluate our environment.  If we  consider
meteorological parameters, such as air temperature, relative humidity,
and wind speed, we must use these properly to evaluate  the flow of
energy.  It is often  fortuitous •when you correlate the biological be-
havior of some  organism's growth, or  distribution,  or some similar
factor, with  temperature and you get a good correlation.  It is fortuitous
unless you really can  show why a correlation should exist. Is there a
causal relationship?  That is the question to be answered.

PLOTTING

    Figure  3 shows the spectral distribution of direct sunlight and
some  of the molecular reactions that occur in response  to various
frequencies  of  radiation.  The scale is  frequency  or  wave-number
scale, which is the reciprocal of the wavelength.  A wavelength scale
is shown at  the  top. The  distribution of sunlight outside  the atmos-
phere  is the solid  line.  Notice that the spectral  distribution now
peaks in the near-infrared when plotting against wave number, rather
than in the green as on all wavelength plots.  The peak of solar energy
distribution  is not in the green of the visible. A lot of fiction has
grown up around this idea  that  the  sunlight peaks  in  the  green.
We are told that this is  one reason why plants are green,  that the
human eye  has  its  peak  response in the green for this reason, and
other similar phenomena.  This is not true.  If  you plot the distribu-
tion of sunlight on  a wavelength  scale,  you do get  the peak in the
green. But if you plot it on  any other scale, you get  the  peak else-
where.  When you plot it on a wavelength scale, you are plotting the
amount of energy per unit area per minute per wavelength  incre-
ment.  When you plot it  on  a frequency  scale, you  plot the  same
energy per  unit area per minute per  frequency or  wave-number
increment and that  changes the shape of the curve. There is nothing
164                                 HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
 sacred about per wavelength increment,  anymore than there is any-
 thing sacred about the wave-number increment. The important thing
 is not where the peak is, but rather how much energy occurs within
 certain  frequency  or  wavelength intervals.   The  same  frequency
 interval or  wavelength  interval  would  give  the same  amount of
 energy on any plot, but the curve has a different shape. I just wanted
 to point out this feature so that you don't think always in the old
 patterns. For the extraterrestrial distribution  of sunlight, 50 percent
 is in the infrared, about 30 percent in the ultraviolet, and only about
 20 percent in the visible.
      H20+C02

      CHjO+O,
ABSORPTION
BY OXYGEN
BEGINS
                   ABSORPTION
                   BY OZONE  BEGINS
                                            CHLOROPHYLL A
                                          RED  . METASTABLE
                                          BANDKS«XV, TRIPLET
         DISSOCIATION
            C-0 in C02
      8.0xlO'"ergs
12.0x10°
   10.0
>-
h
CO
Z
til
   8.0
   6.0
 £
 u
   4.0
   2.0
                  6.0 x lo"ergs
     rCHLORO-
       PHYLL A
       BLUE BAND
                                   4.0x|Q'l2ergs
                                                    -BACTERIO-
                                                     CHLOROPHYI
                                                    1 SINGLET
                                  VIBRATION-
                                  ROTATION
                                    BANDS
                   2.0x|Q'l2ergs
      5.0 ev
              100
                   kcol    80 kcol
      60 kcol
                                             40 kcoi    20 kcol
-ROTA-
 TION
 BANDS
                  4.0 ev
                                3.0ev
              2.0 ev
                                                     1.0 ev
                                                                   0
      2500*
                  3000 A
4000 A   5000 A  6000 A
                               -t-
                             -25%
                                                   10,000 A   2.0/i.  10.0/i
              EXTRATERRESTRIAL
                SOLAR CURVE
               (2.00Cal/cm2min

             —ULTRAVIOLET-
             LUMINOSITY  CURVE
               (8600 ft-c)    ~,
         SOLAR CURVE AT
           SEA LEVEL
                                           E
                                           o
                                           X
                                           o
                                           I
                                                                      V)
                                                                      O
                                                                -1.0  -
      40,000
                      30,000         20,000
                           WAVE NUMBERS, cm'
                      10,000
 Figure 3 — Spectral distribution of solar radiation as function of wave number.  Wavelength
 scale is given above curves. Energy content of each quantum of radiation is shown in ergs,
 kcal, and electron volts. Reaction that may occur in plants or animals when irradiated with
                  each quanfum of radiation is shown at top.


 SOLAR RADIATION

     The solar radiation reaching the earth's surface is also  shown  in
 Figure  3. The incident  radiation is strongly absorbed by water vapor
 and carbon  dioxide in the  infrared, strongly cut off  by ozone and
 Rayleigh scattering in the incident sunlight at the earth's surface  as
 Gates
                                                                  165

-------
ultraviolet.  The  human eye will see the  incident sunlight at the
earth's surface as approximately 8,600 foot-candles, and the response
is shown in Figure 3. A great deal of  observations in the natural
environment have been made in foot-candles.  The  foot-candle  is
useful  if you're  interested  in  the spectral  distribution  within the
sensitivity limits  of the human eye, but it  does  not give a measure
of the ultraviolet  or infrared intensity. The foot-candle measurement
has hurt us very seriously in terms of making use of a vast amount of
old data for biological studies.  Above the spectral curves the energy
content of each quantum of radiation is given as  a function of the
frequency.  Three different  scales  are shown, depending on whether
you think like a physicist or like a chemist.  To define it in terms of
the strength of bonds, we give it  here in kilocalories,  as well as in
ergs. In the visible, there is  useful, bond-building, molecule-building,
photochemistry generated by  radiation and  plants or animals. The
chlorophyll  bands are located here.  In  the  infrared, the energy ab-
sorbed by any organism simply goes into kinetic  energy of vibration,
translation, and rotation. In other words, the infrared energy absorbed
largely goes into heating an  organism, and the heat helps to maintain
body  temperature at a  point  where active physiological  and bio-
chemical processes can be carried on. In the ultraviolet,  the quanta
absorbed largely go into breaking bonds or breaking molecules down.
Too much  ultraviolet radiation,  of  course,  causes a  destruction of
organic complexes rather than a building up. There  are, therefore,
the useful  photochemical region of  the visible  spectrum,  the heat
region in the infrared, and  the destructive ultraviolet.


CARBON DIOXIDE

    Figure 4 shows the bands of infrared radiant  heat that come from
the atmosphere toward  the ground.  If  our atmosphere were com-
prised of only oxygen and  nitrogen, as  it is primarily, and had no
water vapor or carbon dioxide, the earth would be  very much hotter
on the  sunlit side and  much  colder  on  the  dark side. Life on this
planet would not have evolved to its present form,  because of ex-
tremes  of heat and cold. Although these are  minor  constituents (CO2
is 0.03  percent by volume,  and water vapor is highly variable, but
seldom as much  as 2 percent), they do a great  deal  toward condi-
tioning and controlling the  climate of the earth.

    The idea that an increase in the CO2 concentration of the earth's
atmosphere has produced a warming of the earth by about 1.5°C
during  the last half century does not seem to be  correct.  It appears
that such an effect would have required a far greater change in the
CO2 concentration than actually has occurred.  A law in physics says
a good  absorber is a  good emitter at the same wave  length.  Now if
the atmosphere were black and absorbed throughout at all these wave
lengths, then it would reradiate according to the solid line  shown  in
Figure  4. But the atmosphere is not black; it is only semitransparent,
and it  absorbs in specific  bands.  The  atmosphere then  reradiates
energy in these same bands:  the radiant energy at 6  microns is due
166                                 HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
to water vapor, at 9.6 microns to ozone, and at 14 microns to carbon
dioxide; practically a continuum beyond 22 microns is due to water
vapor.  The reason the CO2 theory of climatic change  does not work
well is that the CO2 emission at 14 microns is strongly  overlapped
by absorption and emission by water vapor. The overlap by water
vapor washes  out any  effect of radiation exchange on the planetary
temperature caused by CO2.
glOO
$ 80
« 60
< 40
H 20
      /-CO.
                                                    H.O
                     10
                         12    14    16     18   20   22   24    26
       GROUND
       EMISSION
                                       ESTIMATED ATMOSPHERIC
                                       THERMAL EMISSION
                r-TROPOSPHERIC
                \EMISSIONL 263°K
                  STRATOSPHERIC
                  EMISSJON_23S
                                        MEASURED ATMOSPHERIC
                                        THERMAL EMISSION
                                        CLEAR NIGHT 2347
                     10    12-   14    16    18   20
                       WAVELENGTH, microns
                                                         24    26
 Figure 4 — Thermal, infrared radiation emitted by atmosphere and blackbody radiation
            from ground surface and from surfaces at 263° and 235°K.
 INFRARED RADIANT HEAT

    Everything on the earth's surface receives from the  atmosphere
 these streams of infrared radiation. If we had infrared eyes, we would
 see bands of radiation of different frequencies streaming downward
 from  the sky at night as well as during the daytime.  Without this
 radiation our climate  at  night would be very substantially colder.
 This is what gives the citrus farmer so much worry when the air
 temperature cools to say 35°F and  the  sky is clear and dry.  Then
 the surface can lose much radiant  heat to outer space with little
 replacement, and crops may freeze severely.  The infrared radiation
 from  the atmosphere is  an important energy component for life on
 Gates
                                                              167

-------
the surface. When the sky clouds over and becomes completely over-
cast, the clouds will  radiate like  the  solid line  shown in Figure 4.
The energy radiated  by the  clouds is  the  full area  under the curve
shown.  This represents considerably more energy than that  from a
clear sky, which radiates only in  bands.

PLANT ABSORPTION

    Plants are fabulously adapted to the radiant  energy environment
here on earth. Figure 5 shows how plants absorb,  reflect, and transmit
radiation.  Plants absorb the ultraviolet and the visible with great
efficiency.  The  plant  pigments such as chlorophyll produce strong
absorption throughout  the visible. They absorb  this energy where
they need it for photochemistry. Immediately beyond the position of
the red chlorophyll band a  plant becomes a brilliant reflector.  It
becomes very white in the infrared. Infrared photographs of forests
and trees  show up white—the trees look as though they are covered
with snow.  This is  shown in Figure 5 by the reflectance and the low
absorptance in the near-infrared.  But this, strikingly enough, occurs
where  the sunlight has a great bulk  of energy located in the near-
infrared.  If the plant absorbed this energy in the near-infrared with
the same efficiency with which it absorbs the visible,  it would become
very substantially warmer than it  does. Plants often reach tempera-
tures that take them  right up to the  threshold of thermal death.  If
they were absorbing  with very good efficiency throughout the near
infrared, they  would  not  survive as constituted  with the  types  of
proteins they have.  Farther out in the infrared, at the longer wave-
lengths, the plant absorbs very well again.  High  absorptance at long
wavelengths does not matter from the standpoint of sunlight absorbed,
since sunlight has very little energy at long infrared wavelengths.
But by absorbing very well at these long wavelengths, a plant func-
tions as a  good emitter, or an efficient radiator, of thermal energy.  A
plant absorbs effectively where it needs the energy for photosyn-
thesis;  absorbs poorly the near  infrared, which it does not need; and
absorbs well at long wavelengths to function as an efficient radiator.
Reradiation accounts  for about 75  percent of the  energy  balance on
a plant.

                RADIATION  MEASUREMENTS

    Figure 6 shows the radiation regime in which we live.  These are
actual  values, measured at Hamburg, Germany,  in  June 1954.  As
the sun comes up in the morning, the direct sunlight and the scattered
skylight produce this  well-known diurnal  pulse. Then the ground
may reflect sunlight, depending upon the nature of the surface. The
two together give the total solar energy received on the upper arid
lower surfaces of a horizontal  leaf.  A plant  or animal here  on the
surface receives these streams of radiation.  The sum of the indi-
vidual  streams of radiation determines our energy  budget,  not the
difference or net streams. Both the downward and  the upward streams
that are incident on our bodies are effective. The meteorologist con-
siders the difference in radiation streams because he is interested in
168                                 HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
net fluxes, and he has a valid reason for doing this.  But the biologist
often gets himself in trouble by using net fluxes, because the  organ-
isms are receiving the sum, the downward plus the upward.  Figure 6
shows the sums of the individual streams  of radiation. A large per-
centage of biological observations in  external environments have
dealt with the solar radiation components and not with thermal radi-
ation components. Yet thermal radiation contributes a very important
amount of energy to the heat budget of a plant or animal.
                  0,5
                                       I  I
                          IS    0,7   0,8  0,9  1.0
                           WAVELENGTH, microns
                                              I  I I
                                                1.5   2.0
                                                       J	LU
                                                         4,0  10.0
      25,000
                 20,000
                             15,000         10,000
                           WAVE NUMBERS, cm'1
                                                   5,000
Figure 5 — Spectral absorptance, reflectance, and transmittance of Populus delloides leaf.

                    RADIATION CLIMATE

    Figure  7  shows a few radiation  climates  of the world as  they
affect a horizontal leaf.  One of the most intense radiation climates
is at the top of the Rockies and the top of the Sierras in midsummer.
The soil becomes very hot in sheltered areas out of the wind.  When
the sun comes up in the early morning and strikes the high mountain
slopes, things happen fast.  It is a very dramatic  experience.  The
desert has a strong component of this infrared radiation level.  The
solar term itself may not be particularly strong, because of dust at-
tenuation and so forth, but the infrared component  is certainly ele-
vated and very strong. Figure 7  gives us some idea  of our radiation
climates, the bioclimates that we must evaluate to deal with man in
the open, man on the desert, man in the arctic.
Gates
                                                                169

-------
    3.0

    2.8

    2.6

    2.1
           T
     T
T
T
T
T
T
1     T
T
5 JUNE 1954  HAMBURG, GERMANY    DATA  FROM  FLEISCHER
         H   TOTAL  RADIANT ENERGY LOAD ON HORIZONTAL SURFACE
       S + s   DIRECT SOLAR  PLUS  SKYLIGHT
     r(S+s)   REFLECTED  SUNLIGHT
         RG= THERMAL RADIATION  FROM  GROUND
         RA= THERMAL RADIATION  FROM  ATMOSPHERE
                                10    12    14    16
                                 TIME,hr
Figure 6 — Diurnal variation of radiation components incident on upper and lower surfaces
         of horizontal leaf. Total radiation incident on two surfaces is shown.

             BOUNDARY  LAYER PHENOMENON

    Figure 8 shows the boundary layer of air near the  faces of my
two young girls.  This picture is a composite of two that were taken
by schlieren photography.  The photographic technique shows up with
enormous sensitivity any changes in air density throughout the field
of view. Near our surfaces is a boundary layer of stationary air. This
boundary layer represents the transition  from  the  warm skin to the
170
                            HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
 HI
 Z
 111
3.8


3.6


3.4


3.2


3.0


2.1


2.6


2.4


2.2


2.0


1.8


1.6


1.4


1.2


1.0


0.8


0.6


0.4


0.2


0.0
             ~I      I	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	
              TYPICAL DIURNAL RADIANT HEAT LOAD  ON HORIZONTAL SURFACE}
              SUMMER SOLSTICE           x*"^X.                C"**   *   *
                                                     ALPINE TUNDRA, COLORADO  4O° N
                                                               (2590  ^)
            HONOLULU, HAWAII  20°N

                 (2490 £t)
                                                                      , GERMANY 53°N

                                                                    (2330 3k>
                                                                               65° N
                                       _|_
                                              I
                                                    I
                                     _|_
4     6
                                        10     12     14      16

                                           TIME,  hr
20    22
                                                                             24
Figure 7 — Diurnal  variation' of total incident radiation on two surfaces  of  horizontal leaf
                             for selected localities on  earth.
Gates
                                                                                     171

-------
       Figure 8 — Composite of schlieren photographs of boundary layers of air.

cooler air beyond and from the moist air near the skin to  the dryer
air beyond. There is also  a transition from air movement at a  dis-
tance from the surface and zero air movement at the  surface itself.
I experienced the boundary-layer phenomenon in a sauna in Finland.
The sauna is an extremely hot air bath. The air in the room was at
230°F, hotter  than anything you ever believed it  possible  to experi-
ence and survive. You wear no clothes.  You can  withstand the heat
because of the boundary layer, which acts  like a buffering zone, a
cushion against the hot air. Heat is being conducted from the very
hot air into the cooler skin. You can remain there  only a finite length
of time because,  as that heat is conducted in, you get hotter  and
hotter. Your capillaries dilate and you get redder and redder. Sitting
there in the sauna, you burn if you blow on your skin. The burn is
painful and can produce a blister, because you destroy  the  boundary
layer when you  blow on  the  skin and you entrain hot air to the
surface.

    The boundary layer, then,  couples you, and any other organism,
to the air and the  air temperature, to the humidity of the air,  and
to the wind.  The properties of the air have meaning only in terms
172
                                    HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
of the transfer of energy across this boundary layer. Unless you con-
sider the  boundary  layer, the question of air temperature has  no
scientific significance.
                    LEAF TEMPERATURE

    Figure 9 shows  some examples of measured leaf temperatures.
The air temperature  is indicated by a solid line. Leaf temperature is
often 8 or 10°C above air temperature and has been observed as much
as 20 °C above air temperature. We  have hundreds of examples of
leaf temperatures from 10 to 20 degrees above air temperature.  We
made  a very interesting discovery while working in the Sierras  last
summer.   We were  measuring  the  temperatures of the  leaves of
Mimulus, a plant that grows in water, that is, in very moist soil.  Up
at timber line at 11,000 feet  the air temperature  was 20°C and  the
leaf temperature 28°C.  We took a series of measurements at various
sites along a transect down the west  slope of the  Sierras; we finally
reached the San Joachin Valley, where the air temperature was 38°C
and the leaf temperatures were again 28°C.  If I had been asked, I
would  have said the leaf temperature would be  50°C. Here was a
magnificent example of homeostasis.  The leaves of this  plant  re-
mained cool by turning on transpiration by opening stoma and utiliz-
ing the water available to them.  Now the important thing is this.
The photosynthetic rate process for Mimulus has its optimum temper-
ature at 30°C. The Mimulus plant was doing  a beautiful job of keep-
ing its temperature as  much as possible at the favorable position for
the rate chemistry to  go on  at  its maximum rate.  We don't know
to what extent this  process is true  generally throughout  the  plant
world, but we are trying to find out.

    Figure 10 shows an idealized set  of curves  of the photosynthetic
rate as a function of leaf temperature and light  intensity measured
in cal cm^minr1. At  low temperatures chemical rate processes go on
slowly and so does photosynthesis.  As the leaf temperature increases,
so does the photosynthetic rate, until an optimum temperature is
reached at which the photosynthetic rate is a maximum. At tempera-
tures greater than optimum a destructive mechanism comes into  the
picture, and the molecules begin to break down faster than they  are
formed. Therefore, a very rapid drop in photosynthesis occurs on the
high temperature side until a temperature is  reached at  which no
net photosynthesis occurs—no favorable buildup of  molecules,  no
generation or storage of food.  Only respiration occurs, a burning up
of food. I took this  set of  curves  to  follow the daily behavior of a
plant in its climatic condition, evaluating the full energy-flow picture.
Figure 11 shows the results.

    The diurnal cycles of solar radiation, air temperature, and  leaf
temperature are  shown, and, by use of the net  photosynthesis curves
given  in Figure 10, one derives the double-peaked curve for photo-
synthesis.  This result  is very exciting, for such twin-peaked curves
have been  observed  and not properly explained. A strong peak of
Gates                                                         173

-------
photosynthesis occurs in the midmorning hours, followed by a very
unfavorable condition toward midday,  because the leaf is  too hot.
Then another peak occurs in the late afternoon.  Not only are there
two  peaks, but  they are asymmetric.  I went to  the literature  to
investigate this double peak, and this is  what I found. During the
early morning  hours in midsummer in  the  midwest the  air gets
warmer, and the temperature and photosynthesis increase very much
in phase.  The plant gets good strong light intensity at the time it
reaches its optimum temperature; but then it  gets too hot, and even
though the light intensity stays  high, the temperature gets substan-
tially too high.  The result is that photosynthesis falls during  midday.
Then in the afternoon, the sun begins to drop very symmetrically with
its morning rise, but the air temperature does not. There is  a lag,
and the air stays hot until very  late in the day. Then, when the air
temperature begins to fall,  the  light intensity has  gone way  down
and even though leaf temperatures now become more  favorable, the
photosynthesis is low because of low light intensity.  That is the rea-
son for the afternoon peak being very small and the morning peak
very strong. Figure 12 shows what a search of the literature revealed.

    Some  of the  examples  in  Figure  12  are not photosynthesis,
but growth, which is closely related. When a single broad  peak  of
photosynthesis is shown,  rather than a double  peak, the curve repre-
sents cool days  when the plant leaf does not become too warm. The
exciting thing is that we can relate climate, energy, energy transfer,
light, and  temperature  and predict some  aspects  of  physiological
response.  These are bioclimatic  effects, obtained by relative climate
and physiology  in  a quantitative fashion.

    Figure 13 shows hypothetical cases for a hot summer day  and a
cool summer day.  The solar radiation in the open and the solar radia-
tion in the shade  on a summer day are  given. If the summer day
happens to be a cool day in  which the maximum temperature is just
about 20°C or if it happens to be a hot day in which  the maximum
temperature becomes almost 40°C, results for the photosynthesis  of
plants are  dramatically different.  These two days, a hot day  and a
cool day, have the same  amount of sunlight, which is quite possible.
If the day is cool, photosynthesis will go on at a very favorable rate.
The total accumulated area under curve 1 is the total photosynthesis
during the day  and is very strong.  The shaded leaf on the same day
is not getting  enough sunlight.  The  response is  quite  favorable
(curve 2), but  not as strong as that of the exposed leaf because  of
the reduced sunlight.  On the hot day, the exposed leaf (curve 3),
gets really quite hot in  the sunlight; photosynthesis just gets going
strong when the leaf becomes too hot and the mechanisms are destroyed
entirely.  No photosynthesis  occurs throughout the midportion  of
the day. Then toward evening, just before the light has  disappeared,
the temperature has dropped enough to allow a little pulse of  activity.
But clearly this hot day for this particular plant would be  dramat-
ically unfavorable. The  areas under curves 1,  2, 3,  and 4 thus  depict
the differences  in  photosynthesis for exposed and  shaded leaves  on
hot and cool days.
I74                                 HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
 60° C

   56


   52


   48


   44

 P 40
    LEAF
TEMPERATURE
  QUERCUS
 MACROCARPA
 16 SEPT. 1961
°c
°s
FULL SUN ON LEAF
CLOUDY
SHADE  LEAF
EXPOSED LEAF
UPPER SURFACE
LOWER SURFACE
           GROUND TEMPERATURE
                            o
                      AIR TEMPERATURE
    12
                                          1500
    Figore 9	Leaf, ground, and air temperatures as function of time of day.
Gates
                                             175

-------
  1=
   U
   M
  I
  o
  I
  Q.
                  DATA FROM WAGGONER,

                  MOSS, AND HESKETH (1963)

                  AND LUNDEGARDH (1931)
                                16         24         32        40



                               PLANT OR LEAF TEMPERATURE, °C
Figure 10 — Net photosynthesis  of corn as  function of plant temperature and radiation

                                   intensify.
176
                                          HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
                                               T
                                        SOLAR RADIATION
                                            (FROM THUT AND
                                             LOOM IS  1944)
                                                            10,000
                                                                 5,000
     0000
             0600
              1200
              1800
              0000
   40

   35

   30

   25

   20

     I

   60

   50

   40

   30
                                         ESTIMATED
                                          LEAF
                                          TEMPERATURE
                      s MR TEMPERATURE
                       (FROM THUT AND
                        LOOMIS  1944)
0000
0600
1200
1800
0000
#20
    10
                            I              I              I

                      (CALCULATED PHOTOSYNTHESIS
     0000
            0600
              1200
                            TIME, hr
              1800
              0000
   Figure 11 	 Diurnal variation of solar radiation, air temperature, and leaf temperature and
   resulting net photosynthesis for leaf.  Net photosynthesis is based  on curves of Figure 10.
  Gates
                                                                      177

-------
«i    12
fc3
P-
o
a.
O
2 '

-------
  (/> N



  II
   ILl
   ce.
   HI
   0.

   u
   I-
 1,0


0.5
               	T
             h SOLAR

               RADIATION
            0000
              0600
1200
1800
                                                              0000
            0000
                           1200
             1800
             0000
   t UJ

   S5
   0. tt
   3
   ui
   cc
   u
   cc
   3


   cc
   UJ
   0.

   HI
ou

60

40
20
n
i l l
~ PHOTOSYNTHESIS
— **• •"" ^ •• •"••
— i x ^N,
_ EXPOSED-r-y' XN
- J/ 2 rSHADEoA
.-{£'•'{ *""~4""i''*fc^:^
;|
-
	

	
—
1
            0000
              0600
1200
1800
0000
               LEAF ACTIVITY
                        * i  i v i i i                i      *- -%
                          .../T^r^—''"V'"'^--
                        //y  \	2     A/      '"-N.
                         / s\
            0000
              0600
1200
1800
0000
            0000
              0600         1200

                      TIME, hr
             1800
             0000
Figure 13 — Theoretically computed diurnal net photosynthetic  rates and  leaf activity for

sunlit and shade leaves on cool and warm days respectively. Curves marked 1  and 2 are

for sunlit and shade leaves respectively on cool day. Curves marked 3 and 4 are for sunlit

                      and shade leaves on warm day.
Gates
                                                                 179

-------
                         CONCLUSION

    By studying climate in terms of energy, by doing this quanti-
tatively and evaluating the factors very carefully, one can get very
exciting ecological implications.  If you consider a different plant that
has a different set of photosynthetic curves with different  shapes and
different optima, then the plant will behave quite differently in the
same environment. When we ask questions of bioclimatic significance,
we must know for what purpose. Are we interested in photosynthesis?
In growth?  In something  else? We must ask specifically  what we
want to know in order to  evaluate the climate and its influence on
living  beings.
                         DISCUSSION

    Question: One thing that fascinates me as a chemist is the nature
of the microchemical environment (I'm not using this term in  the
normal sense) of a leaf with all these radiation forces. Would this
force  a pattern of chemical  composition on the atmosphere immedi-
ately  around the vegetation? Do you know of any work of this sort?

  Answer: We are concerned about this.  Recently we have worked
out, for instance, the resistance to diffusion  through the  stoma into
the dry air beyond.  The moisture regime  near the plant surface
changes as transpiration responds to  the energy and light budget.
At the same time CO2 is diffusing in.  So then the question is  "Is a
CO2 deficiency occurring near the leaf surface?" Some work has been
done  at agricultural experiment stations  where  they measured  the
CO2 in crops and  showed dramatic diurnal  changes.

    Question: Yes, I'm aware of these. But these changes are in a
reasonably large inter-space, aren't they?

    Answer: Well, they are, but they  are related, of course, to what
is happening in the boundary layer.

    Question: Some people think  that carbon  dioxide is an air pol-
lutant and measure it as such.  What is your viewpoint on that?

    Answer: Well, I would never define carbon dioxide as an  air
pollutant.  But this depends  on what you mean by pollutant. I  think
that CO2 should be measured for many other reasons; it is a dramat-
ically important gas.

    Question: Can you tell us about this fabulous photographic tech-
nique?

    Answer: Yes. It's very simple, actually. Use a point source of
light,  a concave spherical mirror, not a parabolic  mirror. The mirror
forms a sharp point image at the radius of curvature. It's best if  the
source is at the radius of curvature, something like  10 feet. In  our
experiment the mirror was  8 inches in diameter. Then at the point
at which the image is  formed, place a knife  edge formed of a razor
180                                 HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
 blade or sharp piece of metal. If everything is perfect, you can insert
 this at the focal point, and with the eye beyond it you can  see the
 schlieren field.

     Comment:  This is the technique used in grinding lenses.

     Answer:  Yes, that's  right. It's  the  same  technique  used for
 photographing the flow of air over an aerodynamic surface. It's called
 schlieren photography.  It has enormous sensitivity because you have
 this large optical leverage. Now with any  object,  say a leaf that  is
 warm and is giving off warm air, the index of refraction is  a little
 different for that warm air than it is for the ambient air around it.
 The warm air bends some  of those light rays, either toward or away
 from the knife edge ever so little. But it doesn't take much bending
 to be effective.  Those rays bent toward it grow darker, and those
 away grow brighter.  If you adjust it in  neutral  shade, then the
 slightest bend either way shows up beautifully. And that's why when
 you just put your hand in  the field of  view, you can see the flow of
 air.  It's really dramatic. It leads to a whole new world of discovery,
 of interesting problems to  explore.  Look at insects in this and see
 what the insects  are doing, butterflies, moths fanning their wings. All
 sorts of heat-transfer studies can be done.  This technique has quite
 a lot of possibilities.

     Question:  Could you tell me whether the data that you obtained
 from such instruments as net radiometers are applicable to your type
 of biometeorological analysis?

    Answer: Not exactly.  We use them, but we modify them so that
 we can measure the direct  component of radiation. I am very much
 interested in these streams of radiation individually and not in the
 net. Of course you can have two strong streams of radiation in which
 the net is some small value  or two weak streams of radiation in which
 the net is the  same value. Certainly the plant is  going to be  very
 much colder in  the two weak streams than it is in the two  strong
 streams.

    Question:  Would you explain just what sort of radiation instru-
 mentation you do use?

    Answer: We use net radiometers  that  have a shiny  surface on
 one side.  This makes  them hemispherical,  unidirectional  receivers.
 I also use the Stoll-Hardy  type  of infrared  radiometer.  We  use the
 Eppley type but with a polyethylene dome  that we make ourselves.
 The Eppley radiometer, which is very  good for solar radiation, does
 not measure the infrared.  It does not measure  anything  beyond  3
 microns.

    Question:  How do you measure leaf temperatures?

    Answer: I measure leaf temperatures  two ways. A very  easy,
 accurate way to  do it is with thermocouples. The other way is with
 an infrared radiometer, the Stoll-Hardy. Now the Stoll-Hardy device
 was designed for use in human physiology to measure skin tempera-
^ A
Gates

-------
tures. It is a very good laboratory device, but very difficult to use in
the field. However, you can use it in the field with care. If you use it
properly, it does a beautiful job. It is simply a device that receives
the infrared radiation from the surface at which you point it.  Then
you interpret the  temperature from the  fourth power  blackbody
radiation law. We know the emissivity  of plant surfaces quite well,
so not much error is  introduced by the emissivity.   Again I really
want to  emphasize this point:  when you measure temperature,  ask
-what temperature means. Usually you measure not just for the sake
of temperature,  but for some resulting phenomenon,  such as photo-
synthesis.

    Question: What would your comments be  concerning objects in
the ambient air  that are non-living  objects, say dust particles in  the
air? Are you considering chemical reaction on dust particles, absorbed
.gases, and liquids?

    Answer:  The first thing that you  would notice is that a small
•object in the air would be  at air temperature.  It can't depart from
that temperature substantially, since a small object is tightly coupled
to the air and its surface-to-mass ratio is very  large.

    Question: What would be the range of control  of heat loss by
plants in wind?  You  mentioned something about 5  degrees.  What
control of heat loss could a plant have  over that range?

    Answer:  Plants have considerable  control  over  their  tempera-
tures. The Mimulus plants certainly were  dramatic  with respect to
their temperature.  When the  air temperature  was  20°C, the  plant
temperature was  30°C.  When the  air  temperature  was 40°C,  the
plant temperature was 30°C.  Nearby  a live oak, just a few yards
away, had a leaf temperature of 50°C when the air temperature was
40°C. The soil in which the oak was growing was not as wet, and the
oak was  not physiologically constituted to transpire like the Mimulus,
which did a beautiful job in keeping its temperature  down. So there
is an example of 20 degrees difference.  More often the range of con-
trol would amount to about 5°C.  This becomes absolutely crucial.  By
the way, most desert plants are finely divided. The mesquite, the cat's
claw, all these desert plants, are fine, fuzzy sort of things—feathery
structures, right at air temperature.  The Saguaro  cactus, a large
succulent on the desert, is coldest in the center at noon  and hottest
at midnight. This  plant is  designed with fins on the  outside—these
fins radiate heat and do a beautiful job of staying cool.  Most of the
temperatures  inside the Saguaro were not very much greater than
air temperature; when the air temperature was up  in the 40's,  the
Saguaro  temperature  was  35°  to  37°C.  Surface temperature was
above air temperature, but only on the very thick epidermal layer.
These fins were  radiating and doing  a beautiful  job. It was dramatic.
The desert is very thrilling from a heat-transfer standpoint.

     Question: From the viewpoint of air pollution would these move-
ments around the plants have a  relationship to pollution damage of
plants?
182                                  HUMAN BIOMETEOROLOGY

-------
    Answer:  Yes,  they would, absolutely. And also in the transfer
of spores and plant  diseases.  These motions would show  up dra-
matically in pictures  involving air pollution and transport of spores.
The  tobacco  industry ought to  apply this  kind of analysis to the
tobacco plant  and the  pineapple  industry  to the pineapple  plant,
because all plants have  unique characteristics and the  flow  of air  is
different.
                                                                183
 Gates

-------
BIBLIOGRAPHIC: SEMINAR ON HUMAN BIO-
  METEOROLOGY, CINCINNATI,  OHIO,  JAN.
  14-17, 1964. Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
  Center.  PHS Publ. No. 999-AP-25. 1967. 183 pp.

ABSTRACT:  This volume is a collection of papers
  presented at Cincinnati, Ohio, Jan. 14-17,  1964,
  at a seminar on human biometeorology. Topics
  discussed included physiological  and climatolog-
  ical  instrumentation,  climates  of the  United
  States,  altitude,  microclimatology, indoor  and
  outdoor weather, ultraviolet light, heat exposure,
  air ions, and cold stress.
                                                      ACCESSION NO.
                                                      KEY WORDS:
BIBLIOGRAPHIC:  SEMINAR ON HUMAN BIO-
  METEOROLOGY,  CINCINNATI,  OHIO,  JAN.
  14-17, 1964. Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
  Center.  PHS Publ. No. 999-AP-25.  1967. 183 pp.

ABSTRACT:  This volume is a collection of papers
  presented at Cincinnati, Ohio,  Jan. 14-17, 1964,
  at a seminar on human biometeorology.  Topics
  discussed included physiological and climatolog-
  ical  instrumentation,  climates of  the United
  States, altitude, microclimatology,  indoor and
  outdoor weather, ultraviolet light, heat exposure,
  air ions, and cold stress.
BIBLIOGRAPHIC:  SEMINAR ON HUMAN BIO-
  METEOROLOGY,  CINCINNATI,  OHIO, JAN.
  14-17, 1964. Robert A. Taft Sanitary Engineering
  Center.  PHS Publ. No. 999-AP-25. 1967.  183 pp.

ABSTRACT: This volume is a collection of papers
  presented at Cincinnati, Ohio, Jan. 14-17,  1964,
  at a seminar on human biometeorology. Topics
  discussed included physiological and climatolog-
  ical  instrumentation,  climates  of the  United
  States,  altitude,  microclimatology, indoor  and
  outdoor weather, ultraviolet light, heat exposure,
  air ions, and cold stress.
                                                      ACCESSION NO.


                                                      KEY WORDS:
                                                       ACCESSION NO.
                                                       KEY WORDS:

-------